<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>back to school Archives &#8226; Elementary Island</title>
	<atom:link href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/category/back-to-school/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/category/back-to-school/</link>
	<description>Where low-prep, differentiated resources aren&#039;t just a mirage.</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Fri, 18 Jul 2025 16:33:12 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=7.0</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/cropped-Elementary-32x32.jpg</url>
	<title>back to school Archives &#8226; Elementary Island</title>
	<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/category/back-to-school/</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>6 Ways to Work Smarter Not Harder this Back to School Season</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2024/08/07/back-to-school-season-tips/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2024/08/07/back-to-school-season-tips/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 07 Aug 2024 23:10:39 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Classroom community]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[classroom management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[decor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[differentiation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IDEAS START HERE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[school prep]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[student engagement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Teaching Ideas]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://elementaryislandblog.com/?p=10989757</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Teachers from all over absolutely love their summer breaks. It&#8217;s one of the perks we adore and eagerly look forward to each year. We use this time to rest and recharge. But let&#8217;s be honest, as the summer wears on, thoughts of the upcoming school year start to creep in. When this starts to happen, [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2024/08/07/back-to-school-season-tips/">6 Ways to Work Smarter Not Harder this Back to School Season</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Teachers from all over absolutely love their summer breaks. It&#8217;s one of the perks we adore and eagerly look forward to each year. We use this time to rest and recharge. But let&#8217;s be honest, as the summer wears on, thoughts of the upcoming school year start to creep in. When this starts to happen, I’m always thinking about how to make the return to school as smooth as possible for myself and my students. I like to use the extra time to get a head start on preparing for those first few days back. So, today, I’m excited to share six different ways we can work smarter, not harder, this back to school season.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="1024" height="576" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-header-1-1024x576.png" alt="" class="wp-image-10989788" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-header-1-1024x576.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-header-1-800x450.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-header-1-300x169.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-header-1-768x432.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-header-1-1536x864.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-header-1-2048x1152.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Importance of Working Smarter Not Harder for Back to School Season</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Working smarter, not harder, is essential as we gear up for back-to-school season. The start of the school year can be overwhelming with so much to do and so many new faces to meet. By being strategic and thoughtful about our approach, we can save time, reduce stress, and create a positive environment for our students right from the get-go. When we plan ahead and streamline our tasks, we can focus more on building those crucial relationships and setting a strong foundation for a successful year.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-large is-resized"><img decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-1024x1024.png" alt="" class="wp-image-10989793" style="width:461px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One key aspect of working smarter is prioritizing our tasks. Not everything needs to be done at once, and some things can wait. As a serial to-do list maker, this is a lesson that I have had to learn throughout my career! </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">By identifying the most important tasks and tackling them first, we can ensure that we&#8217;re using our time efficiently. This not only helps us stay organized but also prevents us from feeling overwhelmed. By giving our energy to the tasks that make the most difference, we can be sure we are being mindful with our time. When we have a clear plan and a manageable to-do list, we can approach the new school year with confidence and enthusiasm.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Another important strategy is to utilize resources and tools that make our jobs easier. Whether it&#8217;s using a digital planner to keep track of important dates, collaborating with colleagues to share lesson plans, or incorporating technology into our classrooms to enhance learning, there are countless ways to streamline our work. By embracing these tools, we can work more efficiently and effectively, allowing us to spend more time focusing on what truly matters, which is teaching and connecting with our students. Remember, working smarter isn&#8217;t just about saving time. It&#8217;s about making the most of our time so we can create a meaningful and engaging learning experience for our students.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Activities for Back to School Season</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, let’s get into the fun part – the how! I’ve discovered some fantastic strategies over the years that have made a world of difference for me. These six resources are designed to help us streamline our tasks, stay organized, and create a positive classroom environment from day one. Let’s dive into these six ways to make our back-to-school season smoother and more enjoyable. Trust me, your future self will thank you!</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">1. Newsletter Templates</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of my favorite ways to work smarter, not harder, is by preparing my <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-school-editable-Classroom-Newsletter-Template-and-Monthly-Calendar-4845266?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">editable newsletter templates</a> ahead of time. Keeping parents up to date on what’s happening in our classroom is super important. Having a ready-to-go newsletter makes it so much easier. I like to include a &#8220;Read All About It&#8221; section for class announcements and upcoming events. This way, parents are always in the loop and know exactly what to expect.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-large is-resized"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-school-editable-Classroom-Newsletter-Template-and-Monthly-Calendar-4845266?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Copy-of-Elementary-Island-Square-Header-for-Airtable-1024x1024.png" alt="" class="wp-image-10989791" style="width:461px;height:auto"/></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Another section I always include is the academic focus. Here, I write out the main topics we’ll be covering for the core subjects. This helps parents understand what their kids are learning and how they can support them at home. Plus, it’s a great way to highlight any exciting projects or units we have planned.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The other half of the newsletter is dedicated to a calendar. I jot down important dates like field trips, tests, assemblies, and special days. This visual layout makes it easy for parents to keep track of everything. This also ensures that no one misses out on any important events. By setting up these templates in advance, I save myself so much time and stress during the school year. It’s a simple yet effective way to stay organized and keep everyone informed.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">2.  Meet the Teacher Forms</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Another way to work smarter, not harder this back to school season is by having <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Meet-the-Teacher-Template-Editable-Meet-the-Teacher-Night-Editable-Template-7108780?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Meet The Teacher forms</a> ready to go. These forms are a great way to start building that connection between you and your families. I have these out at seats during our supply drop-off day when families are dropping off supplies. I also make sure to send out a digital copy for the families who couldn’t make it to school. This way, I can ensure everyone gets the information they need.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-large is-resized"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Meet-the-Teacher-Template-Editable-Meet-the-Teacher-Night-Editable-Template-7108780?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-1-1024x1024.png" alt="" class="wp-image-10989794" style="width:462px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-1-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-1-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-1-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-1-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-1-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-1-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-1.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Each Meet The Teacher template includes a spot for your picture and a short bio in the &#8220;About Me&#8221; section. This helps parents and students get to know you a little better and start building that rapport from day one. You also have space to include a warm welcome message to set a positive tone for the school year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There’s a section for the best ways to contact us so parents know how to reach out if they have any questions or concerns. I make sure to set that boundary early in the year. There is also space to outline our educational goals for the year, giving parents a clear idea of what we’ll be focusing on. The form includes a space for specials and a fun &#8220;My Favorites&#8221; section where you can share a few of your personal likes. This not only helps break the ice but also makes the form more engaging. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">3. Parent Teacher Forms</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">During the back to school season, I take time to prepare <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Parent-Teacher-Conference-Forms-Editable-Parent-Sheets-for-Parent-Conferences-4937103?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">parent-teacher conference forms</a> ahead of time. Parent-teacher conferences can cause us some nerves, but having these pages ready helps to make the experience easier. These forms are incredibly useful for gathering input from my parents, students, and other teachers to ensure everyone is on the same page. They cover multiple areas for assessment, making them an excellent guide for our parent-teacher conferences.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-large is-resized"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Parent-Teacher-Conference-Forms-Editable-Parent-Sheets-for-Parent-Conferences-4937103?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-2-1024x1024.png" alt="" class="wp-image-10989795" style="width:457px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-2-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-2-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-2-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-2-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-2-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-2-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-2.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The forms include checklists for student work habits and behavior, which can be used for either student or teacher evaluation. Having both editable and non-editable versions allows for flexibility, depending on the situation. There are also conference reminder notices, parent pre-conference surveys, and teacher conference notes. This versatility helps me stay organized and prepared, no matter the circumstances.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The forms feature an academic summary, a conference sign-in sheet, and a conference schedule, which can also be customized. There are reflection sheets for your students to share what they like about school, what they want to learn, and areas they need to work on. There are also academic profiles and a “Say This, Not That” guide to help navigate conversations more effectively. To top it all off, there’s a welcome sign for the door and a thank-you note with editable contact information. By having these forms ready, I can ensure smooth, productive, and stress-free conferences. This makes the whole process more efficient and effective for everyone involved.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">4. Fun First Week Activities</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now that we&#8217;ve covered the practical side of working smarter, let&#8217;s talk about something just as important. Having fun! The first week of school is a golden opportunity to help our students feel more comfortable. There&#8217;s also lots of time to start building those all-important connections between the teacher and the class. Creating a welcoming and engaging environment right from the start sets the tone for the rest of the year. Let’s explore some fun activities that can make those first few days not only productive but also enjoyable and memorable for everyone.</p>



<h4 class="wp-block-heading">All About Me Presentation</h4>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of my favorite resources to kick off the school year is the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/All-About-Me-Back-to-School-Activities-print-and-digital-resources-5831214?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">All About Me presentation</a>. This activity is a fantastic way to get to know your students and help them share a bit about themselves. It allows them to open up about who they are, what they like, and what they’re excited about for the upcoming year. I love how it sets the stage for building those important connections right from the start.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-large is-resized"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/All-About-Me-Back-to-School-Activities-print-and-digital-resources-5831214?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-3-1024x1024.png" alt="" class="wp-image-10989796" style="width:462px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-3-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-3-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-3-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-3-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-3-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-3-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-3.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The beauty of this presentation is its flexibility. You can simply pick and choose the slides you want to complete each day, making it easy to tailor the activity to fit your schedule and your students&#8217; needs. The slides cover a wide range of topics, ensuring that you get a well-rounded view of each of your students.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For example, there&#8217;s the &#8220;All About Me&#8221; slide where your students share basic info about themselves. &#8220;My Hobbies&#8221; and &#8220;My Favorite Things&#8221; give insights into their interests, while &#8220;Summer Memories&#8221; helps them reflect on their break. &#8220;Describing Myself&#8221; and &#8220;Back to School Emotions&#8221; allow them to express their feelings and thoughts about returning to school. &#8220;What You Should Know&#8221; and &#8220;Friends &amp; Family&#8221; help you understand their background and support system. The slides also include &#8220;My School Goals&#8221; and &#8220;What I Want to Learn,&#8221; which helps them start thinking about what they want to achieve this year.</p>



<h4 class="wp-block-heading">Back to School Math and Writing Craft</h4>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of my favorite ways to add some fun and learning to the first week is through a <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-School-Math-Craft-with-Cross-Curricular-Writing-Options-8304932?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">differentiated math craft activity</a>. It’s perfect for back to school math centers and helps establish routines and procedures right from the start. Plus, it makes a beautiful academic bulletin board that showcases different levels of learning.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-large is-resized"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-School-Math-Craft-with-Cross-Curricular-Writing-Options-8304932?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-4-1024x1024.png" alt="Use this back to school math and writing craft as a fun first week back to school season activity." class="wp-image-10989798" style="width:460px;height:auto"/></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Each of our students gets to pick their craft, which instantly gets them engaged. As the teacher, I pass out the math problems tailored to each student’s level. These math problems focus on addition, subtraction, multiplication, or division. This differentiation ensures that every student is challenged appropriately. They work on the problems, and I check their work to make sure everything is correct. Once they’re done with the math, they get to color, cut, and paste the problems onto their chosen craft, which, in this case, is a school bus! </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To extend the activity, I give students half-sheets of paper to write a word problem that matches one of their number sentences. For those who love to write, there are full writing pages where they can create a descriptive piece about their math craft or even create a story featuring their craft as the centerpiece of their story. This not only reinforces their math skills but also enhances their writing abilities.</p>



<h4 class="wp-block-heading">Back to School Bingo</h4>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A back to school activity I love to use during the first week is a fun and <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-School-Bingo-Back-to-School-Activities-Classroom-or-PE-7178705?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">interactive Bingo game</a>. This activity gets my students up and moving around the classroom. By doing so, it helps them get to know one another in a lively and engaging way.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-large is-resized"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-School-Bingo-Back-to-School-Activities-Classroom-or-PE-7178705?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-5-1024x1024.png" alt="" class="wp-image-10989801" style="width:463px;height:auto"/></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have 20 unique Bingo cards, each filled with the same activities but arranged differently. This setup encourages students to find classmates with similar interests. As they walk around the room, they ask each other if they&#8217;ve done any of the activities listed on their cards. The catch is that they can only ask one student one question at a time to ensure they interact with as many classmates as possible.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This Bingo game is a wonderful icebreaker that not only helps our students learn about each other but also gets them out of their seats and moving around on the first day. It sets a positive and energetic tone for the rest of the year. It also makes everyone feel more comfortable and connected.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">5. Plan Out Your Classroom Management Systems</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Preparing your behavior management systems in advance is crucial for setting expectations and holding your students accountable. By setting these boundaries early on, you can create a structured environment where your students know what is expected of them while feeling motivated to meet those expectations.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I use a combination of reward systems and behavior management posters to achieve this. The <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/54-Classroom-Reward-Coupons-for-a-Back-to-School-Classroom-Reward-System-4690834?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">reward coupons</a> are a fun and effective way to acknowledge and encourage positive behavior. Whether it’s an individual reward or a class-wide celebration, these coupons help reinforce good habits and create a positive atmosphere. I make sure to have a variety of rewards available to cater to different interests and motivations to keep them engaged and excited about meeting their goals. A lot of them are free for us to provide to our students, so we win as well! </p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-large is-resized"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/54-Classroom-Reward-Coupons-for-a-Back-to-School-Classroom-Reward-System-4690834?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-6-1024x1024.png" alt="" class="wp-image-10989803" style="width:464px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-6-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-6-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-6-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-6-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-6-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-6-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-6.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-School-Classroom-Behavior-Management-Reward-Posters-7102251?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">behavior management posters</a> are equally important. I use these more as a class behavior system but they can be used for individual students as well. When I catch my students meeting my expectations, or I receive a compliment from another teacher about their behavior, we add a piece to the picture. As they collect pieces for the picture on the board, it reveals a teacher. When the picture is fully complete, they earn a class reward! This proactive approach not only helps in managing behavior but also promotes a sense of responsibility and accountability among them. By preparing these systems in advance, I ensure that the classroom runs smoothly from day one.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">6. Refresh the Classroom Decor</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Taking the time to prepare or <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Elementary-Island/Search:Class+decor?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">refresh classroom decor</a> is another essential way to work smarter, not harder during back to school season. A well-decorated classroom can make a huge difference in creating a welcoming and engaging learning environment. When our students walk into a room that feels inviting and thoughtfully arranged, it sets a positive tone for the entire year.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-large is-resized"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Elementary-Island/Search:Class+decor?utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=BACK%20TO%20SCHOOL%20SEASON" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-7-1024x1024.png" alt="" class="wp-image-10989805" style="width:461px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-7-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-7-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-7-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-7-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-7-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-7-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-images-7.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whether you’re looking to create a cohesive theme or just want to add a few new elements to brighten up the space, there is classroom decor out there to match your aesthetic. Refreshing your decor doesn&#8217;t have to be overwhelming. Sometimes, just updating a few bulletin boards, adding some colorful posters, or rearranging the seating can breathe new life into your classroom.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of my favorite things to do is to incorporate student work into the decor. This not only saves time but also makes students feel proud and valued. Plus, it’s a great way to show off their hard work to parents and visitors. By taking the time to prepare or refresh your classroom decor, you’re creating an environment that supports learning. This makes both you and your students excited to be there every day. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Back to School Season Made Easy</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As we prepare for the back to school season, remember that working smarter, not harder, can make all the difference. By setting up effective behavior management systems, refreshing our classroom decor, and incorporating fun, engaging activities, we create a positive and organized environment for both ourselves and our students. With these strategies, we can start the school year on the right foot, feeling confident and ready to tackle whatever comes our way. Here’s to a fantastic, productive, and enjoyable school year ahead! Let’s make it our best one yet.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For more ideas on teacher prep, make sure to check out <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2024/04/26/teacher-summer-prep-activities/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">7 Teacher Prep Summer Activities to Make Back to School Easier</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Save for Later</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Remember to save this post to your favorite teacher Pinterest board to start making your back to school season a breeze!</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="683" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-pin-683x1024.png" alt="" class="wp-image-10989807" style="width:284px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-pin-683x1024.png 683w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-pin-800x1200.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-pin-200x300.png 200w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-pin-768x1152.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-Ways-to-Work-Smarter-Not-Harder-this-Back-to-School-Season-pin.png 1000w" sizes="(max-width: 683px) 100vw, 683px" /></figure>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2024/08/07/back-to-school-season-tips/">6 Ways to Work Smarter Not Harder this Back to School Season</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2024/08/07/back-to-school-season-tips/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Classroom Management Tips that Work!</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2024/08/07/classroom-management-tips-that-work/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2024/08/07/classroom-management-tips-that-work/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 07 Aug 2024 22:54:40 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Classroom community]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[classroom management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CLASSROOM START HERE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[organization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[school prep]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[student engagement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[teacher tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Teaching Ideas]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://elementaryislandblog.com/?p=10989830</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>When we hear &#8220;classroom management,&#8221; our minds often jump straight to handling student behaviors. While that&#8217;s a part of it, classroom management is so much more! As teachers, we know that effectively managing a classroom goes beyond just guiding students through their emotions and behaviors, it also involves building strong relationships with families, maintaining consistency, [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2024/08/07/classroom-management-tips-that-work/">Classroom Management Tips that Work!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When we hear &#8220;classroom management,&#8221; our minds often jump straight to handling student behaviors. While that&#8217;s a part of it, classroom management is so much more! As teachers, we know that effectively managing a classroom goes beyond just guiding students through their emotions and behaviors, it also involves building strong relationships with families, maintaining consistency, and celebrating every little success and achievement. For many of us, classroom management can also feel a bit overwhelming. That&#8217;s why I&#8217;m excited to share some classroom management tips that really work! These tips will help you navigate the school year smoothly and confidently, ensuring your classroom is a well-oiled machine.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image aligncenter size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="576" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-2-1024x576.png" alt="These classroom management tips that work for a well run classroom include resources and strategies you can use at the beginning of the year to help students learn procedures. " class="wp-image-10989979" style="width:733px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-2-1024x576.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-2-800x450.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-2-300x169.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-2-768x432.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-2-1536x864.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-2-2048x1152.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Importance of Strong Classroom Management</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Strong classroom management is the backbone of a successful school year. When we talk about classroom management tips, we&#8217;re not just aiming for a quiet and orderly classroom, we&#8217;re striving for an environment where our students feel safe, supported, and ready to learn. Effective classroom management fosters a positive learning atmosphere where students can thrive academically and socially.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/1-1024x1024.png" alt="This photo shows a teacher interacting with her student." class="wp-image-10989836" style="width:456px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/1-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/1-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/1-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/1-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/1-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/1-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/1.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the key benefits of strong classroom management is that it minimizes disruptive behavior. With clear expectations and consistent routines, our students know what is expected of them and can focus on their learning. This predictability helps to reduce anxiety and allows them to feel more secure.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Strong classroom management also helps build positive relationships between teachers and our students. When our students feel that their teacher is in control and has their best interests at heart, they are more likely to trust and respect them. This trust is essential in creating a classroom community where our students are willing to take risks and engage fully in their learning.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Good classroom management also involves effective communication with families. By keeping parents informed and involved, we create a support system that extends beyond the classroom. This partnership ensures that our students receive consistent messages about expectations and behavior, reinforcing what they learn at school.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Celebrating successes and achievements, no matter how small, is a key part of classroom management. Recognizing our students&#8217; efforts and accomplishments boosts their confidence and motivation. When they feel seen, they feel encouraged and want to keep striving for excellence.</p>



<div style="height:0px" aria-hidden="true" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">10 Classroom Management Tips to Use in Your Classroom</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Creating a smoothly running classroom environment involves using effective strategies that promote positive behaviors and a productive learning atmosphere. Here are ten classroom management tips to help you achieve just that!</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">1. Reward Puzzles</h3>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-large is-resized"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-School-Classroom-Behavior-Management-Reward-Posters-7102251?st=307056bd6daaa08bccf241a25a81eb89&amp;utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=CLASSROOM%20MANAGEMENT%20TIPS" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/2-1024x1024.png" alt="One of my classroom management tips is to utilize reward posters like the ones shown in this photo." class="wp-image-10989837" style="width:461px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/2-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/2-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/2-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/2-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/2-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/2-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/2.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love using reward puzzles for both whole-class and individual positive reinforcement. These classroom management behavior posters are perfect for creating a fun way to reward your class for their positive behavior. Your students will be excited to figure out the mystery reward as the puzzle pieces are added to the poster for each positive behavior they show.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">These <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-School-Classroom-Behavior-Management-Reward-Posters-7102251?st=307056bd6daaa08bccf241a25a81eb89&amp;utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=CLASSROOM%20MANAGEMENT%20TIPS" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Classroom Behavior Management Reward Posters</a> are teacher and student-friendly! Before introducing them to your students, you need to decide how often you want to reward them. Then, you choose a puzzle poster with the number of pieces you prefer: 12, 16, or 25. When first starting out with these posters, I select the reward, but I do let my students choose the reward they want to collectively work on earning at other times. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As your students display the behaviors you want to celebrate, you add a piece to the puzzle poster. When the poster is filled with all the pieces, your students have earned their award! This method is not only exciting for your students but also reinforces positive behavior in a visually rewarding way.</p>



<div style="height:0px" aria-hidden="true" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">2. Brain Break Cards</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-School-Brain-Breaks-Activities-First-Day-Physical-Education-Activities-7040719?st=307056bd6daaa08bccf241a25a81eb89&amp;utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=CLASSROOM%20MANAGEMENT%20TIPS" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Brain break cards</a> are lifesavers! These quick, fun activities give our kiddos a much-needed mental break. Incorporating brain breaks into our routine ensures our students stay focused and energized throughout the school day.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-large is-resized"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-School-Brain-Breaks-Activities-First-Day-Physical-Education-Activities-7040719?st=307056bd6daaa08bccf241a25a81eb89&amp;utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=CLASSROOM%20MANAGEMENT%20TIPS" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3-1024x1024.png" alt="This image highlights brain break posters. Getting students moving with brain breaks is a great classroom management tip!" class="wp-image-10989838" style="width:461px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/3.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Brain breaks are fantastic for getting the jitters out of our students. I created 16 activities that can be completed right in the space by your kiddos&#8217; chairs, making it easy to manage, even in a busy classroom. To help with setup, I made posters in a few different formats. One set of posters comes with text explanations of how to do the brain break. The second set of posters only has images. The third set of posters comes with a space to write the number of repetitions you want your students to do! Just choose the set that works best for you and your students.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">These cards are super flexible and allow you the ability to pull out one activity at a time, randomly. Plus, the added dice templates are a fun twist! Place the dice templates above six of the activities of your choosing, roll a die in the classroom, and whatever it lands on, that&#8217;s the activity everyone completes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For a more structured approach, use the posters with empty boxes, laminate them, and write the number of repetitions you&#8217;d like them to do for each activity. You can even create a circuit, giving students a fun and dynamic way to burn off some energy and refocus. It&#8217;s a great indoor recess activity too!</p>



<div style="height:0px" aria-hidden="true" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">3. Be Consistent</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of my top classroom management tips is maintaining consistency. When our students know what to expect and what’s expected of them, it creates a predictable environment. By being consistent with rules, routines, and responses to behaviors, we build trust and respect in our classrooms.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I set clear expectations and follow through with them, my students feel more secure and understand their boundaries. This not only helps in maintaining order but also fosters a sense of fairness and predictability. For example, whether it&#8217;s sticking to our daily schedule or consistently applying classroom rules, my students learn that they can rely on me to be dependable.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Consistency also includes how we communicate with our students and their families. Regular updates and clear communication help build strong relationships with families. This makes them partners in the education of their children. This partnership further strengthens the classroom environment. Our students will hear the same message at home and at school.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">4. Teach Procedures</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2021/07/10/34-important-procedures-and-rules-every-teacher-needs/">Teaching procedures</a> is important for a well-organized classroom. At the beginning of the year and throughout, we need to ensure our students understand the routines for various activities and transitions. Clear procedures minimize confusion and maximize our instructional time.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2048" height="2048" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/4-1024x1024.png" alt="Teaching procedures like the teacher is doing in this photo is a crucial classroom management tip." class="wp-image-10989839" style="width:463px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/4-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/4-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/4-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/4-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/4-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/4-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/4.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 2048px) 100vw, 2048px" /></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of my favorite classroom management tips is to make sure every student knows exactly what to do during different parts of the day. Whether it&#8217;s how we line up for lunch, transition between subjects, or handle materials, having clear and consistent procedures helps everything run smoothly. I like to spend time at the start of the school year practicing these routines with my students. We go over each procedure step-by-step, role-play scenarios, and even create visual aids to serve as reminders.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It&#8217;s also important to revisit these procedures regularly. Throughout the school year, I make sure to reinforce the routines to keep them fresh in my kiddos&#8217; minds. This is especially helpful after breaks or whenever I notice a bit of confusion creeping in. By maintaining this consistency, students feel more confident and less anxious because they know what&#8217;s expected of them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Involve students in creating some of these procedures when you can. For example, we might brainstorm together the best way to transition between activities or how to organize our classroom supplies. This not only makes them feel valued but also gives them a sense of ownership over the classroom environment.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Teaching procedures effectively help us manage our classroom efficiently. It allows more time for learning and less time for dealing with disruptions. It’s one of those teacher hacks that truly pays off throughout the school year!</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">5. Build Relationships with Students</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the most impactful classroom management tips I can share is the importance of truly connecting with our students. When we take the time to learn about their interests, hobbies, and even their challenges, we show them that we care about them as individuals. This genuine interest helps build a strong foundation of trust and respect.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5-1024x1024.png" alt="The best classroom management tips include building relationships with students. In this photo, students are smiling while interacting with their teacher." class="wp-image-10989840" style="width:471px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/5.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I start building these relationships from day one. During the school year, I make it a point to have one-on-one conversations with each student, listen actively, and remember details about their lives. Whether it’s chatting about their favorite sports, asking about their weekend, or discussing their latest book, these small interactions make a big difference.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Creating a supportive and inclusive classroom community is the other key. I like to plan activities that promote teamwork and cooperation, such as group projects and peer mentoring. These activities help students feel connected to each other and to the classroom as a whole. Celebrating successes, big or small, also contributes to a positive classroom environment. Recognizing students’ efforts and achievements boosts their confidence and motivation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also believe in the power of being present. Showing up consistently and being approachable lets my students know that I’m there for them. This consistency helps them feel secure and valued. It reinforces the idea that the classroom is a safe space for them to express themselves and take risks in their learning.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">By prioritizing relationships with our students, we create a nurturing environment where they feel supported and respected. This improves their academic engagement and their overall well-being. Building strong relationships truly transforms the classroom into a place where everyone thrives.</p>



<div style="height:1px" aria-hidden="true" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">6. Use Visual Schedules</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Another one of the classroom management tips I&#8217;ve found extremely helpful is bringing visual schedules into our daily routine. These schedules provide a clear and consistent structure that students can rely on. At the beginning of each school year, I create a visual schedule that outlines our daily activities, from arrival to dismissal. This not only helps my students know what to expect but also makes transitions smoother and less stressful.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-1024x1024.png" alt="This image shows an example of a visual class schedule. Letting students know what to expect in the day is one of my best classroom management tips!" class="wp-image-10989841" style="width:458px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/6.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Visual schedules are particularly beneficial for students who might feel anxious about changes or unexpected events. By seeing what’s coming next, they can mentally prepare and adjust more easily. I like to use a variety of formats for these schedules—laminated cards with magnets on the back, digital slides, or even individual charts for students who need extra support. This flexibility ensures that the schedules meet the diverse needs of my students.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Visual schedules can also be a fantastic tool for reinforcing time management skills. By breaking the day into manageable chunks, our students learn to manage their time better and stay on task. It’s especially helpful for younger students who are still developing these skills.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Another great aspect of visual schedules is their ability to support students with special needs. For our students who require additional structure, having a clear, visual reminder of their day can make a positive impact on their learning experience.</p>



<div style="height:3px" aria-hidden="true" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">7. Classroom Management Tips for Clear and Timely Communication</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of my most used classroom management tips is maintaining clear and timely communication with families. Involving families in the classroom is a powerful strategy that strengthens the home-school connection. It enhances the overall educational experience for our students. Regular updates about their child&#8217;s progress and inviting them to school events foster a supportive and inclusive classroom community.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-large is-resized"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-school-editable-Classroom-Newsletter-Template-and-Monthly-Calendar-4845266?st=307056bd6daaa08bccf241a25a81eb89&amp;utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=CLASSROOM%20MANAGEMENT%20TIPS" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/7-1024x1024.png" alt="This image showcases a monthly classroom newsletter that can be used to communicate with students and parents." class="wp-image-10989842" style="width:461px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/7-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/7-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/7-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/7-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/7-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/7-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/7.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To keep parents up-to-date, I use a <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-school-editable-Classroom-Newsletter-Template-and-Monthly-Calendar-4845266?st=307056bd6daaa08bccf241a25a81eb89&amp;utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=CLASSROOM%20MANAGEMENT%20TIPS" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Classroom Newsletter and Monthly Calendar</a>. This simple tool is incredibly effective for sharing important information. The newsletter includes sections for upcoming events, projects, or assessments, ensuring my parents are well-informed about what’s happening in the classroom. There’s also a section for academic focus where I share the main concepts we’re covering, giving parents insight into what we are currently working on. The calendar highlights important dates, helping everyone stay on the same page and be aware of key events throughout the school year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Parent-Teacher-Conference-Forms-Editable-Parent-Sheets-for-Parent-Conferences-4937103?st=307056bd6daaa08bccf241a25a81eb89&amp;utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=CLASSROOM%20MANAGEMENT%20TIPS" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Parent-Teacher Conference Forms</a> are another essential part of my communication toolkit. These forms involve input from parents, students, and teachers, making sure we all work together to support the student’s growth. I include resources to communicate student work habits, reflections, and a pre-meeting survey for parents. This approach ensures that our conferences are productive and that we address the needs and concerns of both students and parents effectively. <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/10/13/how-to-have-successful-parent-teacher-conferences/">For more information on how I run parent conferences, make sure to check out this blog post.</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Regular communication builds a strong partnership between home and school. When parents feel involved and informed, they can better support their child’s learning and development. By using tools like newsletters, calendars, and conference forms, we create a transparent and collaborative environment that benefits everyone.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">8. Morning Meetings</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Morning meetings are my favorite way to start the day on a positive note. They are a wonderful classroom management tip that helps set a respectful and cooperative tone for the entire day. Each morning, we gather to greet each other, review the day’s schedule, and engage in community-building activities.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/8-1024x1024.png" alt="Having a predictable routine with a morning meeting, like what is shown in this photo, is a key classroom management tip." class="wp-image-10989843" style="width:459px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/8-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/8-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/8-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/8-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/8-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/8-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/8.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Starting the day with a morning meeting creates a sense of routine and predictability, which is especially important for students who thrive on structure. During our meetings, we often share news, discuss upcoming events, and celebrate any achievements from the previous day. This practice keeps everyone informed and grows a strong sense of community within the classroom.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One key component of our morning meetings is the social-emotional learning activities. We might engage in a quick mindfulness exercise, discuss a character trait for the week, or do a fun team-building activity. These activities help my students develop important social skills and build relationships with their peers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also use morning meetings to reinforce classroom procedures and expectations. By reviewing the day’s schedule and any special instructions, my students know exactly what to expect. This helps minimize anxiety and confusion. This is a great time to remind students of any classroom rules or goals we are working on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Bringing academic elements into morning meetings can also be beneficial. We might do a quick math warm-up, a vocabulary game, or a short reading activity to get students’ attention ready for the day. This not only makes learning fun but also helps our students transition smoothly into their academic work.</p>



<div style="height:2px" aria-hidden="true" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">9. Classroom Management Tips for Flexible Seating</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Another of my favorite classroom management tips is using flexible seating in our learning environment. This approach gives students the ability to select the seating arrangement that suits their individual needs and learning styles. Whether they prefer sitting at a traditional desk, lounging on a cushion, or even standing, having the freedom to choose their workspace can enhance their focus and productivity.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/9-1024x1024.png" alt="Utilize flexible seating with options like fun chairs and bean bags as shown in this photo." class="wp-image-10989844" style="width:466px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/9-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/9-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/9-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/9-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/9-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/9-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/9.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Flexible seating is especially beneficial for our students who might struggle with traditional seating arrangements. By providing a variety of options, we can accommodate different students and their learning preferences. This flexibility increases student engagement and reduces restlessness and behavioral issues.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It’s important to set clear expectations and guidelines to make flexible seating work effectively. At the beginning of the school year, I introduce the different seating options and discuss how to use them responsibly. We establish boundaries for when and how students can switch seats. This helps to ensure that the classroom remains orderly and that everyone has a fair opportunity to choose their preferred spot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Another great aspect of flexible seating is that it fosters a sense of community and collaboration. My students often work together in different seating arrangements. This setup can make group activities more engaging and enjoyable, improving the overall learning experience.</p>



<div style="height:0px" aria-hidden="true" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">10. Classroom Rewards</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the most effective classroom management tips I&#8217;ve discovered is using classroom rewards to motivate and acknowledge my students. Positive reinforcement through communication is incredibly powerful. I love sharing positive feedback through phone calls or sending cheerful emails to parents, sharing their child&#8217;s successes and positive behaviors. This delights the parents and makes the students feel proud and appreciated. It also helps build a strong home-school connection, ensuring parents are involved and supportive of their child&#8217;s progress.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-large is-resized"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/54-Classroom-Reward-Coupons-for-a-Back-to-School-Classroom-Reward-System-4690834?st=307056bd6daaa08bccf241a25a81eb89&amp;utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=CLASSROOM%20MANAGEMENT%20TIPS" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/10-1024x1024.png" alt="Having classroom rewards, like the reward cards shown in this photo, is another important classroom management tip." class="wp-image-10989845" style="width:464px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/10-1024x1024.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/10-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/10-800x800.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/10-150x150.png 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/10-768x768.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/10-1536x1536.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/10.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/54-Classroom-Reward-Coupons-for-a-Back-to-School-Classroom-Reward-System-4690834?st=307056bd6daaa08bccf241a25a81eb89&amp;utm_source=EI%20BLOG%20&amp;utm_campaign=CLASSROOM%20MANAGEMENT%20TIPS" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Classroom Reward Coupons</a> are a fantastic tool I use for positive reinforcement. These coupons can be used when you catch your students doing the right thing, incentives for behavior plans, or any other achievements you want to celebrate. They offer a simple, yet effective, way to build a positive classroom management system. In this resource, I’ve created 54 different tickets, ranging from being first in line, to getting a phone call home, to skipping morning work. This variety keeps things exciting and engaging for the students.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I like to hand out these reward coupons as I observe positive behaviors throughout the day. Students can then &#8220;cash in&#8221; their tickets whenever they like, choosing from a range of motivating rewards. This system encourages good behavior and adds an element of fun and anticipation to our classroom environment.</p>



<div style="height:0px" aria-hidden="true" class="wp-block-spacer"></div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Kick Off Your School Year With These Classroom Management Tips</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Embracing these classroom management tips can transform your teaching experience and your students&#8217; learning journey. From the excitement of reward puzzles and the brain break cards to the importance of consistency and clear procedures, each tip plays a role in building a harmonious classroom. Building strong relationships with students, using visual schedules, and maintaining clear communication with families further enhance the classroom dynamics. Incorporating flexible seating and effective reward systems adds layers of motivation and engagement, making your classroom a place where both teaching and learning thrive.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As we navigate through the school year, let&#8217;s remember that strong classroom management is the foundation for success. By implementing these tips, we can create an environment where students feel valued, supported, and ready to learn every day. Here&#8217;s to a smooth, successful, and enjoyable school year filled with positive experiences and growth for both teachers and students!</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Save for Later</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Remember to save this post to your favorite teacher Pinterest board for quick access to these classroom management tips! </p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="683" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-3-683x1024.png" alt="Want to have. a well-run elementary classroom? Check out these classroom management tips that will help your classroom run smoothly from the beginning of the year!" class="wp-image-10989980" style="width:285px" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-3-683x1024.png 683w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-3-800x1200.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-3-200x300.png 200w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-3-768x1152.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Classroom-Management-Tips-that-Work-for-a-Well-Run-Classroom-3.png 1000w" sizes="(max-width: 683px) 100vw, 683px" /></figure>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2024/08/07/classroom-management-tips-that-work/">Classroom Management Tips that Work!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2024/08/07/classroom-management-tips-that-work/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>4 Ways to Differentiate Instruction in the Elementary Classroom</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2023/09/13/ways-to-differentiate/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2023/09/13/ways-to-differentiate/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 13 Sep 2023 14:11:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[classroom management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[differentiation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IDEAS START HERE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[teacher tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false"></guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>In today&#8217;s diverse elementary classrooms, teachers face so many challenges. One of the main things that comes to mind is meeting the unique learning needs of every student we encounter. I have found through lots of trial and error that a super effective approach to successfully meeting the learning needs of each of my students [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2023/09/13/ways-to-differentiate/">4 Ways to Differentiate Instruction in the Elementary Classroom</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In today&#8217;s diverse elementary classrooms, teachers face so many challenges. One of the main things that comes to mind is meeting the unique learning needs of every student we encounter. I have found through lots of trial and error that a super effective approach to successfully meeting the learning needs of each of my students is by differentiating my teaching.&nbsp; In this post, I am going to focus on how you can differentiate instruction in the elementary classroom. And. . . I will share the 4 main ways to differentiate effectively in the elementary classroom which include by product, process, content, and through your classroom environment.&nbsp;</p>
<p><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom20Header.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Get ready for effectively differentiate instruction in your classroom with these ideas sure to make differentiation a breeze for you this year." height="360" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom20Header.png" class="wp-image-10987999" width="640" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom20Header.png 2048w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom20Header-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">What is Differentiation?&nbsp;</h2>
<p>Differentiation is all about tailoring instruction to meet the individual needs of each of your students. That means using specific content, processes, products, or learning environments to help meet the needs of the individual students in your classroom.&nbsp;</p>
<p>For helpful ways to get started with the basics of differentiation in your classroom, be sure to check out the previous post in this differentiation series, <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2023/06/effectively-differentiate.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Practical Steps to Effectively Differentiate in Your Classroom.&nbsp;</a></p>
<p>Even though differentiation has been around for a while now, it doesn&#8217;t mean everyone does it. But, I can tell you from lots of experience that it&#8217;s one of the most helpful &#8220;tools&#8221; I&#8217;ve used in my classroom over the years. And, differentiation doesn&#8217;t have to be overly complicated or include tons of lesson plans that take hours to write. Differentiation is all about finding out where your students are currently and meeting the m there.&nbsp;</p>
<p><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Differentiation is meeting students where they are with instruction that is tailored to their unique and individual learning styles." height="360" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom.png" class="wp-image-10988000" width="640" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom.png 2000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></p>
<p>For example, you may have a group of students who you see need a little more help with addition facts. So, to help them, put them in a small group and give them differentiated instruction with a fun center activity, worksheet, Boom Card activity, or anything else that would help give them the extra skills practice they need. At the same time, you may have a group of kiddos who have mastered simple addition and are ready for two or even three-digit addition. You can do exactly the same thing and put them together in a group with worksheets, Boom Cards, etc. for more advanced skills practice to keep them engaged.&nbsp;</p>
<p>See what I mean? It&#8217;s all about meeting your kiddos where they are, identifying their needs, and moving on from that point. Easy-peasy!</p>
<p><a href="https://www.subscribepage.com/differentiation_guide" target="_blank" rel="noopener">GRAB THIS FREE <strong>DIFFERENTIATION GUIDE</strong> TO HELP YOU GET STARTED WITH ALL THINGS DIFFERENTIATION!</a></p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">1. How to Differentiate Instruction by Product</h2>
<p>So, now that we have a basic understanding of what differentiation is, let&#8217;s talk about the different ways you can differentiate in your classroom. The first way is by product.&nbsp;</p>
<p>Differentiating by product for elementary students involves offering a range of options for students to demonstrate their understanding of the material. Some practical strategies to implement differentiation by product could include:</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Tiered Assignments</h3>
<p>Using assignments with different levels of complexity for your students is a great way to effectively differentiate instruction. You are still teaching the same skill to all of your students, but you are able to create tiered assignments for students at different levels of the particular skill mastery. For example, in your math lesson, you can create three sets of problems: basic, intermediate, and advanced. Then, it&#8217;s as easy as assigning the tier based on each student&#8217;s ability.&nbsp;</p>
<p><h3>Learning Stations</h3>
<p>Whether you call these learning stations or centers is up to you. Basically, they are the same with one difference. Learning stations allow you to set up different activities or tasks related to the targeted skill you want your students to practice. As your students rotate through the stations, they will have several different tasks to choose from. Each task helps them practice the same skill, but your students will be able to choose the task that appeals most to them. This means you will have more buy in and your students will stay more engaged and essentially get the most out of their learning experience.&nbsp;</p>
</p>
<p><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom201.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Learning stations are a great way to differentiate in the elementary classroom because they give your students the opportunity to choose how they want to show their learning." height="360" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom201.png" class="wp-image-10988001" width="640" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom201.png 2000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom201-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Choice Boards or Menus</h3>
<p>You can design a choice board or menu with various assignment options for your students to select from. Include activities that would appeal to the various learning styles and interests of your students. For example, a choice board for a project may include an option to write a story, create a comic strip, make a diorama, or record a video presentation. Not only does this give you the ability to meet your students where they are skill-wise, but it also gives them a sense of independence.&nbsp;</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">2. How to Differentiate Instruction by Process</h2>
<p>Differentiating by process means providing a variety of approaches, resources, and opportunities for your students. By providing a variety of ways for your students to learn, practice, and master key skills and concepts you can be sure each of your students can thrive and achieve their full potential in your classroom. Differentiation by process not only enhances academic achievement but also fosters a love for learning and empowers students to take an active role in their education. How cool is that?&nbsp;</p>
<p>Some easy ways to differentiate by process include:</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Individualized Learning Paths</h3>
<p>Develop individualized learning paths for students. This means you are creating a specialized learning goal for your students and giving them the opportunity to reach those goals in ways that work best for their learning styles. These paths can be based on pre-assessments or ongoing formative assessments and guide each student&#8217;s progress through the curriculum at their own pace.&nbsp;</p>
<p><h3>Cooperative Learning Opportunities</h3>
<p>I can&#8217;t stress enough how valuable it is to give your students the opportunity to learn from and teach one another. When you are able to incorporate cooperative learning activities in your classroom, your students will feel empowered and excited about learning. For example, for a novel study, it would be helpful to group students with different learning styles together. If you have a student who is fantastic at researching but doesn&#8217;t love drawing, putting them together in a group with another student who LOVES any opportunity to be creative means they can work together to find the information they need and creatively show their learning. Not only does collaborative learning enhance understanding of key concepts, but it also fosters an environment of problem solving.</p>
</p>
<p><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom202.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Giving your students the opportunity to participate in cooperative learning is an excellent way to differentiate learning to meet the needs of your individual students." height="360" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom202.png" class="wp-image-10988002" width="640" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom202.png 2000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom202-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Scaffolded Instruction</h3>
<p>Use scaffolding techniques to support your students as they learn new concepts or skills. This is a great &#8220;sister&#8221; process to the individualized learning paths because you are able to make your scaffolded instruction unique for each student. As your students progress through the skill you are able to gradually reduce support as they become more proficient which allows them to take ownership of their learning. It&#8217;s an amazing experience for teachers and students alike!</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">3. How to Differentiate Instruction by Content</h2>
<p>To differentiate by content means you are tailoring your instruction or curriculum to meet the diverse learning needs, abilities, interests, and readiness levels of each of your students. It&#8217;s important to remember that each of our students has different prior knowledge, learning styles, and individual strengths.&nbsp;</p>
<p>Ways to effectively differentiate by content could include:</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Curriculum Compacting</h3>
<p>Curriculum compacting is basically identifying students who have already mastered certain aspects of the content you are teaching and providing them the opportunity to explore them more in-depth. I like to think of these as enrichment activities my students can do that will help them stay engaged in the learning, but also choose something that feels fun for them. Curriculum compacting pairs perfectly with tiered assignments because it gives your students the opportunity to have more voice and choice in their learning.&nbsp;</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Use of Technology</h3>
<p>We all know how much our students love any opportunity to use technology in the classroom. So, if we can use technology to our advantage when differentiating by content it&#8217;s a win-win situation! You can use technology to deliver personalized content or adaptive learning experiences based on the skill level of your individual students. Boom Cards are a perfect resource for differentiating because you can assign decks to students based on the specific skills you want them to be practicing.&nbsp;</p>
<p><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom203.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Technology is a fantastic tool to help you differentiate instruction for each of your students this year." height="360" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom203.png" class="wp-image-10988003" width="640" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom203.png 2000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom203-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Varied Learning Resources</h3>
<p>Providing a range of learning materials like textbooks, articles, videos, interactive websites, and hands-on manipulatives helps your students feel more comfortable with how they are learning. When your kiddos are feeling excited about what they are learning because of how the information is presented, you will find them more engaged and actually learning MORE!&nbsp;</p>
<p>You know your students better than anyone and you can probably identify several students who would be more engaged in what they are learning by watching a video. On the flip side, you know there are also several students who wouldn&#8217;t have the focus for a video but would excel with an interactive website. Just because your kiddos are learning the content in different ways doesn&#8217;t mean one is better than the other. This is where your differentiation is such a success. You are giving every one of your students the opportunity to learn in the way that works best for them!</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">4. How to Differentiate Instruction by Environment</h2>
<p>You may not immediately think of your classroom environment as a tool for differentiation, but it absolutely can be! Differentiation by environment involves adapting the classroom setting, routines, and atmosphere to accommodate the diverse needs of students. By creating a supportive and flexible environment, teachers can optimize learning experiences and ensure that every child feels valued, safe, and motivated to learn. Differentiating by environment recognizes that students respond differently to their surroundings, and it aims to create a space that nurtures their strengths and addresses their challenges.&nbsp;</p>
</p>
<p>Some examples of differentiating by environment include:</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Classroom Layout</h3>
<p>Arranging your classroom to provide multiple learning spaces, such as quiet corners for independent work, collaborative areas for group activities, and designated spaces for hands-on projects is a great way to naturally foster an environment of differentiated learning. You can even create flexible seating options to cater to different learning preferences. These could include standing desks, bean bags, traditional desks, group tables, and more.&nbsp;</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Choice and Autonomy</h3>
<p>This one might sound a little &#8220;out there&#8221;, but believe me when I say this can work! At the beginning of the year, quarterly, monthly, or how often you feel is acceptable, offer your students the ability to choose where they sit within the classroom. This might be flexible seating, but it could also be sitting with a specific group.&nbsp;</p>
<p>You can also work together with your class to design the layout of your classroom. This could include a more home-like feel with floor lamps, window coverings, or even a couch. Giving your class (and individual students) the opportunity to have a differentiated learning environment will go a long way in the overall success of your school year.&nbsp;</p>
<p><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom204.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Creating a differentiated learning environment in your classroom will ensure each of your students feels successful and ready to learn each and every day." height="360" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom204.png" class="wp-image-10988004" width="640" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom204.png 2000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom204-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">Calm Corners and Active Areas</h3>
<p>Within your class, you are going to have some students who prefer a lot of space to move around when learning. But, you will also probably have several students who do better learning in a snug, cozy and quiet environment. Creating a safe space for both types of learners within your classroom environment can seem impossible, but I promise it&#8217;s doable.&nbsp;</p>
<p>Create a designated calm corner workspace for students who need some quiet to focus while working on school work. This can be an area with a special table, comfortable beanbag chairs, etc. But, work together with your class to discuss what this area should look and sound like so the expectations are clear at the beginning of the year. For your active areas, the same concept applies. Working collaboratively with your students, talk about what sort of activities will be appropriate for the active area and what it should look and sound like.&nbsp;</p>
<p>This will help your students take ownership of their learning and give you differentiated areas of your classroom environment for learning to take place in the way that works best for your students.&nbsp;</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">Differentiation is the Key to Success in Your Classroom</h2>
<p>By embracing differentiation by product, process, content, and environment in our classrooms we can create a nurturing and empowering learning environment for our students. This will help each and every one of our students thrive and reach their full potential.&nbsp;</p>
<p>Whether this is your first or 40th year in the classroom, you are sure to find that differentiating instruction is an incredible way to help each of your students feel successful in your classroom.&nbsp;</p>
<p><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom205.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Differentiating in the elementary classroom is not only easy but fun when you put these key concepts into practice." height="360" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom205.png" class="wp-image-10988005" width="640" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom205.png 2000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom205-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></p>
<h2 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">Differentiation Resources for You</h2>
<p>If you are ready to jump into differentiation, I have some amazing resources for you! Check out the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Math-BUNDLE-Differentiated-Time-Activities-Fractions-Money-Skip-Counting-2452150?utm_source=Elementary%20Island&amp;utm_campaign=4%20Main%20Ways%20to%20Differentiate%20in%20the%20Elementary%20Classroom" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Math Differentiation Bundle</a> in the Elementary Island TPT store today! From skip counting and fractions to money and learning about time, I&#8217;ve got your differentiated instruction covered!</p>
<p><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Math-BUNDLE-Differentiated-Time-Activities-Fractions-Money-Skip-Counting-2452150?utm_source=Elementary%20Island&amp;utm_campaign=4%20Main%20Ways%20to%20Differentiate%20in%20the%20Elementary%20Classroom" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Grab this Math Differentiation Bundle to try these differentiation techniques in your classroom today." height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/original-2452150-1.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988006" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/original-2452150-1.jpeg 350w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/original-2452150-1-300x300.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">Don&#8217;t Forget this FREE Differentiation Guide</h2>
<p>Grab this <a href="https://www.subscribepage.com/differentiation_guide" target="_blank" rel="noopener">FREE guide</a> that includes specific instructional strategies for each of the core subjects, a student interest form, and more! It&#8217;s the perfect resource to keep in your teacher binder or with your lesson planning supplies so you always have practical tips and ideas right at your fingertips.&nbsp;</p>
<p><a href="https://www.subscribepage.com/differentiation_guide" style="color: #f05150; margin: 0px; max-width: 100%; text-decoration-line: none;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Use this FREE guide to help you navigate differentiation in your classroom this year." height="247" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Screen20Shot202023-06-1220at204.10.4320PM.png" class="wp-image-10988007" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Screen20Shot202023-06-1220at204.10.4320PM.png 2048w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Screen20Shot202023-06-1220at204.10.4320PM-800x617.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></p>
</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">Pin it!</h2>
<p>Be sure to save these 4 main ways to differentiate instruction in the elementary classroom to your favorite education Pinterest board today!</p>
<p><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom20pin.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Differentiating in the elementary classroom doesn't have to be time consuming or complicated with these fun and easy strategies to implement today. From product, to process, to content, to environment, differentiation can be a part of every day learning in your classroom this year. Be sure to check out the FREE Differentiation Guide to help you get started with differentiation in your classroom today! #elementaryisland #differentiation #differentiationstrategies #differentiationintheelementaryclassroom #elementarydifferentiationideas #howtodifferentiateinstruction" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom20pin.png" class="wp-image-10988008" width="213" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom20pin.png 1000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/420Main20Ways20to20Differentiate20in20the20Elementary20Classroom20pin-800x1200.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 213px) 100vw, 213px" /></a></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2023/09/13/ways-to-differentiate/">4 Ways to Differentiate Instruction in the Elementary Classroom</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2023/09/13/ways-to-differentiate/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>6 Benefits of Using Morning Work in Your Classroom</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2023/07/12/benefits-of-morning-work/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2023/07/12/benefits-of-morning-work/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 12 Jul 2023 20:34:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[classroom management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CLASSROOM START HERE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MATH START HERE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[morning work]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[teacher tips]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false"></guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>&#160;As elementary teachers, we play such an important role in shaping the minds and attitudes of our students. But, how can we be sure we are creating a positive learning environment that will help our young students grow every single day? I have found that using a consistent morning routine is essential for my students&#8217; [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2023/07/12/benefits-of-morning-work/">6 Benefits of Using Morning Work in Your Classroom</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">&nbsp;As elementary teachers, we play such an important role in shaping the minds and attitudes of our students. But, how can we be sure we are creating a positive learning environment that will help our young students grow every single day? I have found that using a consistent morning routine is essential for my students&#8217; growth and development throughout the year. And, it&#8217;s as easy as using targeted morning work every single day which my students can complete independently. Not only is morning work a great way to set a consistent routine, but it will also help you set a positive tone for the entire school day. Here are 6 amazing benefits of using morning work in the classroom.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-gallery has-nested-images columns-default is-cropped wp-block-gallery-1 is-layout-flex wp-block-gallery-is-layout-flex">
<figure class="wp-block-image aligncenter size-large"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom20Header201.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2048" height="1152" data-id="10988010" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom20Header201.png" alt="Learn the 6 benefits of using morning work in your classroom today!" class="wp-image-10988010" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom20Header201.png 2048w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom20Header201-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 2048px) 100vw, 2048px" /></a></figure>
</figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">What is Morning Work?</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">First, let me explain what morning work is in an elementary classroom. Morning work, also known as bellwork or bellringers, is an activity that students start first thing in the morning. As soon as they enter the classroom, students complete their morning tasks, such as lunch choice, attendance, and turning in notes. Afterward, they immediately begin their classroom work without any initial teacher instruction.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">1. Morning Work Promotes a Smooth Start to the Day</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Using morning work every single day helps to set the stage for a smooth and structured start to the day for your students. Depending on grade level, morning work may look different. Some teachers may utilize morning tubs for hands-on activities and social skills practice while other teachers will use morning work worksheets to focus on spiral review of academic skills. Students thrive on consistency and predictability so it is important to establish this routine at the beginning of the year. There is a sense of safety that comes when they know what to expect. Creating a consistent morning routine helps this happen in your classroom. &nbsp;And. . . it also helps to reduce anxiety in students while also promoting independence.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom205.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2000" height="1125" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom205.png" alt="Start your student's day off right with morning work that will help them get ready for a fun and productive day of learning." class="wp-image-10988011" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom205.png 2000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom205-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 2000px) 100vw, 2000px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A well-planned morning routine, which includes engaging morning work, will also help your students make the mental transition from home to school. This will allow your kiddos to settle in&nbsp;and mentally prepare for the rest of the day.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">2. Morning Work Encourages Independence and Responsibility</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Right from the start of the day, morning work encourages your students to take ownership of their learning. By using age-appropriate tasks such as warm-up activities, review of key skills and concepts, and more, you will help foster a sense of responsibility and independence in your kiddos.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-3-and-2-Digit-Numbers-Place-Value-Activities-and-Number-Sense-9722784?utm_source=Elementary%20Island&amp;utm_campaign=%20%206%20Ways%20to%20use%20the%20Power%20of%20Morning%20Work%20and%20Routines%20in%20Your%20Classroom"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2048" height="1536" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Jordana3DigitPrint-13.jpg" alt="Examples of worksheets that teachers can use for bellwork - 3 digit number of the day mats that review place value and number sense activities." class="wp-image-10988012" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Jordana3DigitPrint-13.jpg 2048w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Jordana3DigitPrint-13-800x600.jpg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 2048px) 100vw, 2048px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For example, using number of the day activities, like the <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-3-and-2-Digit-Numbers-Place-Value-Activities-and-Number-Sense-9722784?utm_source=Elementary%20Island&amp;utm_campaign=%20%206%20Ways%20to%20use%20the%20Power%20of%20Morning%20Work%20and%20Routines%20in%20Your%20Classroom" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Number of the Day 2 and 3 Digit Numbers Place Value Activities Bundle,</a> I can be sure my students are getting the opportunity to practice what we are currently learning in a fun way that doesn&#8217;t feel high stakes to them. This means it will be more fun for them to complete and will give me a good idea of how well they are grasping the concepts I am teaching.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>



<div class="wp-block-media-text is-stacked-on-mobile has-black-color has-pale-ocean-gradient-background has-text-color has-background has-link-color has-large-font-size wp-elements-d9386f89cae43e312e4794020d7bedd9" style="margin-top:0;margin-right:0;margin-bottom:0;margin-left:0;padding-top:var(--wp--preset--spacing--30);padding-right:var(--wp--preset--spacing--30);padding-bottom:var(--wp--preset--spacing--30);padding-left:var(--wp--preset--spacing--30);grid-template-columns:25% auto"><figure class="wp-block-media-text__media"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="572" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/1.png" alt="" class="wp-image-10989874 size-full" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/1.png 526w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/1-276x300.png 276w" sizes="(max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></figure><div class="wp-block-media-text__content">
<p class="has-black-color has-text-color has-link-color wp-elements-7fe8bba72255c9d781d185acf92d01bd wp-block-paragraph" style="text-decoration:underline"><strong><a href="https://www.subscribepage.com/numberoftheday">2 DIGIT &amp; 3 DIGIT NUMBER OF THE DAY PRACTICE</a></strong></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Get started practicing number sense today with these 10 practice mats focusing on 2 and 3-digit numbers. These number of the day mats will make spiral review easy and fun for the students!  Check them out today!</p>



<p class="has-black-color has-text-color has-link-color wp-elements-593fc8827fbe3bbf1d7b2216310263cb wp-block-paragraph" style="text-decoration:underline"><strong><a href="https://www.subscribepage.com/numberoftheday"><img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f449-1f3fc.png" alt="👉🏼" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> GRAB THIS FREE SET NOW!</a></strong></p>
</div></div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">3. Morning Work Promotes Time Management and Focus</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Helping our students learn the skill of time management is so important. By giving my students a specific timeframe for completing morning work, I teach my students the importance of prioritizing responsibilities. &nbsp;They also learn how to manage the time available to complete a task.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My kiddos know to come in, get their bags and belongings put away, make their lunch choices on the whiteboard, then grab their bellwork from their desk. &nbsp;After the first week or two of school, this will become a simple routine for my kiddos.&nbsp;For us, I allow students 15 minutes to complete their bellwork from the start of the bell. If students get in before the bell, they will have longer to complete the work.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom204.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2000" height="1125" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom204.png" alt="Help your students learn how to manage their time wisely every day with the introduction of daily morning work." class="wp-image-10988013" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom204.png 2000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom204-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 2000px) 100vw, 2000px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know in some schools kiddos line up together in the morning then the teacher takes them to the classroom in one big group. But, more often than not, mornings in elementary school have more of a &#8220;rolling start&#8221; feel with bus kids arriving all at once and walkers and drop-offs arriving sporadically before the tardy bell rings. That&#8217;s a whole lot going on before the bell even rings to start the school day. Setting a morning work routine means each of these kiddos, no matter when they roll in, will be able to easily and independently get organized and ready for the day ahead.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In addition to fostering a sense of independence, setting a morning routine, which includes morning work, helps your students get into the school mindset. Morning work helps them get ready to concentrate and recall what they are currently learning in your classroom.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">4. Morning Work Reinforces Prior Learning</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In addition to encouraging independence and responsibility, morning work also reinforces prior learning. Whether that prior learning is from days or weeks prior, we all know how important it is to continue to give students the opportunity to practice key skills and concepts learned throughout the entire school year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In my own classroom, I like to use these&nbsp;<a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Place-Value-Activities-Number-of-the-Day-Bell-Ringers-4758534?utm_source=EI_BLOG&amp;utm_campaign=Number%20of%20the%20day%20Seasonal%20bundle" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">themed morning work</a>&nbsp;throughout the school year to allow my students to practice previously taught important skills in a fun way they will love. It helps keep my lessons out of that dreaded one-and-done category! &nbsp;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Place-Value-Activities-Number-of-the-Day-Bell-Ringers-4758534?utm_source=EI_BLOG&amp;utm_campaign=Number%20of%20the%20day%20Seasonal%20bundle" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2000" height="1125" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom201.png" alt="Review key concepts and skills throughout the year with engaging morning work your students will love completing. February skills worksheet." class="wp-image-10988014" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom201.png 2000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom201-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 2000px) 100vw, 2000px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Allowing students to practice previously learned concepts also gives YOU the opportunity to do a quick check of understanding. You can quickly review your students&#8217; morning work and easily identify areas where students may need additional support or intervention. Then, you can differentiate lessons for students individually or in small groups as needed.&nbsp;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What I love about my monthly Number of the Day Bellwork? (pictured above)</h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Precopied</strong> &#8211; every month is photocopied and kept in a folder in the child&#8217;s desk. As a teacher, I only need to think about this one time per month.</li>



<li><strong>Students get to work at their own pace.</strong> This is NOT taken for a grade. The purpose is for spiral review, anecdotal records, and to build confidence</li>



<li><strong>We go over the answers together as a class.</strong> Students will raise their hands to give the answer. The rule is, if the student did not finish the worksheet, then he/she MUST fill in the correct answer as we give it. This way the child will have a worksheet that they can look back on the next day as an example.&nbsp;</li>



<li><strong>Repetitive Practice</strong> &#8211; The entire month is the same questions, just with different numbers. Those students who struggled in the beginning to understand and/or finish are now completing the work at the end of the month. This is a great opportunity to call on those students to build their confidence!</li>



<li><strong>Anecdotal Notes</strong> &#8211; Easy to jot down notes on who needs some more practice and who has it!&nbsp;</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">5. Morning Work Helps You Create a Positive Classroom Community</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We all know how important it is to create a positive classroom environment right from the get-go at the beginning of the school year. But, how do we keep that momentum going throughout the year? Surprisingly, this&nbsp;classroom morning routine&nbsp;is a great way to establish a positive classroom environment.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">By giving your students tasks they can accomplish independently, you can set the tone for a productive and fun learning environment each and every day. Engaging morning work sends a message to your kiddos that they are learning and retaining important information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom203.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2000" height="1125" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom203.png" alt="Creating a positive classroom environment is a goal of every teacher and can be accomplished with meaningful morning work your students can complete in a supportive and collaborative classroom environment you create." class="wp-image-10988015" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom203.png 2000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom203-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 2000px) 100vw, 2000px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also love going over morning work with my entire class before we actually jump into our daily schedule. I even call on students who would like to share out their answers giving them the opportunity to show off their knowledge with the class. Nothing is better than seeing a kiddo glowing with pride at the start of the school day. It&#8217;s a great way to foster a positive, supportive, and collaborative classroom culture at the beginning of each and every day.&nbsp;</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">6. Morning Work Encourages Reflection and Goal Setting</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Morning work gives your students an excellent opportunity to engage in self-reflection and goal-setting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I like to ask my students to look over their morning work as we go over it together as a class. If they see a question they didn&#8217;t get quite right, they can go back and look at how they answered the question and see where the mistake was made. This is an easy way for kiddos to learn from their mistakes and encourages a growth mindset.&nbsp;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Place-Value-Activities-Number-of-the-Day-Bell-Ringers-4758534?utm_source=EI_BLOG&amp;utm_campaign=Number%20of%20the%20day%20Seasonal%20bundle" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2000" height="1125" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom202.png" alt="By giving your students the opportunity to reflect on their morning work and identify areas where they need improvement you are encouraging a growth mindset from the very beginning of your day." class="wp-image-10988016" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom202.png 2000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom202-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 2000px) 100vw, 2000px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When students have the opportunity to learn from their mistakes instead of being judged by them, it helps them embrace challenges without the fear of negative consequences. They learn that mistakes are a natural part of the learning process and that taking risks can lead to valuable learning experiences. And, that&#8217;s the goal of a growth mindset, right?&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Encouraging a growth mindset is something I focus on heavily in my classroom. So, when I have the opportunity to give my students a daily reminder of the importance of this skill, I know it will be something they remember every day.&nbsp;</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">The Power of Morning Work</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Using morning work as part of your morning classroom routine will have a positive impact on your students throughout the school year. By providing structure, promoting independence, and reinforcing prior learning, morning work sets the tone for a productive and successful day of learning!&nbsp;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-3-and-2-Digit-Numbers-Place-Value-Activities-and-Number-Sense-9722784?utm_source=Elementary%20Island&amp;utm_campaign=%20%206%20Ways%20to%20use%20the%20Power%20of%20Morning%20Work%20and%20Routines%20in%20Your%20Classroom"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2000" height="1125" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Benefits20of20Using20Morning20Work20in20Your20Classroom.png" alt="Add some morning work to your daily classroom schedule to see all of these amazing morning work benefits." class="wp-image-10988017" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Benefits20of20Using20Morning20Work20in20Your20Classroom.png 2000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Benefits20of20Using20Morning20Work20in20Your20Classroom-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 2000px) 100vw, 2000px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Be sure to check out the Elementary Island TPT store for awesome morning work resources including:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Number-of-the-Day-3-and-2-Digit-Numbers-Place-Value-Activities-and-Number-Sense-9722784?utm_source=Elementary%20Island&amp;utm_campaign=%20%206%20Ways%20to%20use%20the%20Power%20of%20Morning%20Work%20and%20Routines%20in%20Your%20Classroom" target="_blank" rel="noopener">2 and 3 Digit Bundle</a> &#8211; PERFECT for differentiation!</li>



<li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Place-Value-Activities-Number-of-the-Day-Bell-Ringers-4758534?utm_source=EI_BLOG&amp;utm_campaign=Number%20of%20the%20day%20Seasonal%20bundle" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Yearly Bundle</a> &#8211; Increases in difficulty and will spiral through MANY 2nd grade math skills each month</li>



<li><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Elementary-Island/Search:morning+work?utm_source=Elementary%20Island&amp;utm_campaign=%20%206%20Ways%20to%20use%20the%20Power%20of%20Morning%20Work%20and%20Routines%20in%20Your%20Classroom" target="_blank" rel="noopener">And much more!</a></li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">FREE 2 and 3 Digit Number of the Day Mats Morning Work&nbsp;</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Get started practicing number sense today with these&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href="https://www.subscribepage.com/numberoftheday" target="_blank" rel="noopener">FREE 2 and 3 Digit Number of the Day Mats</a> which include TWO weeks of practice for 2 and 3 digit numbers. These Number of the Day Mats will make spiral review easy and fun for your students!</p>



<figure class="wp-block-gallery has-nested-images columns-default is-cropped wp-block-gallery-2 is-layout-flex wp-block-gallery-is-layout-flex">
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><a href="https://www.subscribepage.com/numberoftheday" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="476" data-id="10989869" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Screen-Shot-2024-07-29-at-12.09.53-PM-1-1024x476.png" alt="Image to a subscribe page for a free two weeks of practice with 2 and 3 digit number of the day practice" class="wp-image-10989869" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Screen-Shot-2024-07-29-at-12.09.53-PM-1-1024x476.png 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Screen-Shot-2024-07-29-at-12.09.53-PM-1-scaled-800x372.png 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Screen-Shot-2024-07-29-at-12.09.53-PM-1-300x140.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Screen-Shot-2024-07-29-at-12.09.53-PM-1-768x357.png 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Screen-Shot-2024-07-29-at-12.09.53-PM-1-1536x715.png 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/Screen-Shot-2024-07-29-at-12.09.53-PM-1-2048x953.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>
</figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Pin it!</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Be sure to save these morning work ideas to your favorite classroom Pinterest board today! That way you can quickly come back when you are planning your perfect morning routine.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom20pin201.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1000" height="1500" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom20pin201.png" alt="The benefits of using morning work in the classroom are fantastic. Find out the 6 major benefits of using morning work in your classroom today. From fostering a sense of independence to encouraging a growth mindset, morning work is not only great for skills review but so much more. Be sure to check out the 2 and 3 digit Mats FREEBIE to get started with exciting and fun morning work in your classroom today! #elementaryisland #benefitsofmorningwork #morningwork #morningroutines" class="wp-image-10988019" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom20pin201.png 1000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/20620Ways20to20use20the20Power20of20Morning20Work20and20Routines20in20Your20Classroom20pin201-800x1200.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">&nbsp;</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2023/07/12/benefits-of-morning-work/">6 Benefits of Using Morning Work in Your Classroom</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2023/07/12/benefits-of-morning-work/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>10 Immediate Actions to do NOW to Prepare for a Substitute Teacher</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/08/11/prepare-for-substitute/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/08/11/prepare-for-substitute/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 11 Aug 2022 20:37:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[B2S START HERE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[organization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Rank]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[teacher tips]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false"></guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Whether you woke up feeling like you were hit by a truck or stayed up all night taking care of your sick child, we have all been there. . . in desperate need of a Substitute Teacher! I have always heard it said that for teachers, it&#8217;s more work to be out of school for [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/08/11/prepare-for-substitute/">10 Immediate Actions to do NOW to Prepare for a Substitute Teacher</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: left;">Whether you woke up feeling like you were hit by a truck or stayed up all night taking care of your sick child, we have all been there. . . in desperate need of a Substitute Teacher!  I have always heard it said that for teachers, it&#8217;s more work to be out of school for a day than it is to actually come in and teach.  But what if I told you there was a better way to plan for a Substitute Teacher?  Well, there is!  Read on for easy ways that you can prepare for a Substitute Teacher.  And the best part?  You can do these <i>right now</i>!</p>
</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgdBr0vlBDp6bWe4iUAbgPJW0RkGw7x6a-GkTPTT-n2yl5P0HZqrHxIUk_Jv4yGPlWGct0kejnGic0rLBwk1p1pz9aQxBCEKQLSUECnmhvNKWTJN2VAE2F6_o6IqiVdgS6nrCO8vGEGJb2gICrHgq5RPaGdmrPUwfaQOCSlZtORPUac9Ccbi3n48FkA/s2240/Easy%20Ways%20to%20Prepare%20for%20a%20Substitute%20Teacher%20Jordana%20Zachara%20-%20Elementary%20Island%20Header.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Use these helpful tips and tricks to easily prepare for your substitute teacher." border="0" data-original-height="1260" data-original-width="2240" height="360" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Easy20Ways20to20Prepare20for20a20Substitute20Teacher20Jordana20Zachara20-20Elementary20Island20Header.png" class="wp-image-10988168" title="Easy Ways to Prepare for a Substitute Teacher" width="640" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"></div>
<h2 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">Organize Your Substitute Materials</h2>
<div style="text-align: left;">First, choose a binder or a file box that will be used solely for your substitute plans. I actually like to use both!</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #111111; font-family: inherit; white-space: pre-wrap;"><br /></span></div>
<div style="text-align: left;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhNwzsc8hKh4htEAk7TEsAZ70NX0csvyE0YNTqu-vYQhHt1PsTklNyi-EV7mlgIrJQ95q_GvaI_3Sb2IJx7kClQoThqiMNdBec4jAXoKqpKltuaqOajHLO2YBI5SUgU634AgLXmEKknQO763h1OSpIkUUM1YlOBwt6pmeyp55hOgh9yWf0p2f7jE2Pq/s1080/Easy%20Ways%20to%20Prepare%20for%20a%20Substitute%20Teacher%20Jz%20Elementary%20Island%20blog%20.png" style="background-color: white; clear: left; float: left; font-weight: 700; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center; white-space: pre-wrap;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Keeping your supplies, papers, and check lists organized in a substitute binder will be a life saver for you and your substitute teacher." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="378" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Easy20Ways20to20Prepare20for20a20Substitute20Teacher20Jz20Elementary20Island20blog20.png" class="wp-image-10988169" title="Easy Ways to Prepare for a Substitute Teacher Organization" width="378" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Easy20Ways20to20Prepare20for20a20Substitute20Teacher20Jz20Elementary20Island20blog20.png 378w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Easy20Ways20to20Prepare20for20a20Substitute20Teacher20Jz20Elementary20Island20blog20-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /></a>In my experience, using a binder works well for planned absences.  You can use tabs to separate sections of information from the work you leave. It also makes it easy to further categorize the work by subject or class.&nbsp;</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">A file box works well for unplanned absences because you have room to include printed-out activities, books, and manipulatives your sub may need to complete lessons.&nbsp;</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">I like to organize my substitute materials at the very beginning of the year.&nbsp; This way, I am prepared as soon as possible and I can forget about it until I need it.&nbsp; Knowing that I am ready for a sub takes some of the stress off of being sick or an emergency situation.&nbsp;</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">However, since our student needs change during the year, this isn&#8217;t a one-and-done activity. I do check periodically to see if I need to update the materials in my sub-box. Not even a sub wants to complete an apple activity in January.&nbsp;</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">I have found that checking in once a month or once a quarter allows me to keep the sub materials timely and make any changes to the information.  But don&#8217;t worry, this is a quick check and is usually done in 5-10 minutes.</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">The Sub Binder</h2>
<div>When preparing for a sub, there are many important pieces of information you will want to leave them.&nbsp; Here are ten items that your sub will NEED to have a successful day in the classroom.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;"><span id="docs-internal-guid-92063cc0-7fff-4bad-32b2-794b4e109b53"><span style="font-family: inherit;">1. A list of names of several responsible student helpers</span></span></h3>
<div style="text-align: left;"><span><span style="font-family: inherit;">Your student helpers should be students you can trust to answer questions and help your sub with class routines.&nbsp; Also, leave names of teammates or other staff members that can help the sub if needed.  Make sure to let the sub know where to find them, or leave a phone number, in case your sub has questions before students arrive.</span></span></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">2. A list of procedures for the classroom</h3>
<div style="text-align: left;"><b></b>This is a must for a smooth day in the classroom.  We all know that kids do best with consistency.  If we add a new teacher to the mix, the best chance for a great day is to keep everything else as consistent as possible.  Here are some of the daily classroom procedures your substitute will need to know.<b> <span style="font-size: 10pt;"> </span></b></div>
</div>
<ul style="text-align: left;"><a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/s6r2l5" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Filling out an Important Information sheet will help your substitute teacher easily find all of the information they need quickly." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="395" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Easy20Ways20to20Prepare20for20a20Substitute20Teacher20Jz20Elementary20Island20blog2020copy.png" class="wp-image-10988170" title="Easy Ways to Prepare for a Substitute Teacher Important Information" width="395" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Easy20Ways20to20Prepare20for20a20Substitute20Teacher20Jz20Elementary20Island20blog2020copy.png 395w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Easy20Ways20to20Prepare20for20a20Substitute20Teacher20Jz20Elementary20Island20blog2020copy-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /></a></p>
<li>how to take attendance</li>
<li>making lunch choices</li>
<li>expectations for lining up</li>
<li>how to take bathroom breaks</li>
<li>how to ask questions during class</li>
<li>snack time expectations</li>
<li>how to handle dismissal</li>
</ul>
<p>and anything else your sub needs to know to get through the day.&nbsp; Think about all those procedures you teach at the beginning of the year and jot them down for the sub.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">3. Classroom Rules / Behavior Plan</h3>
<div>It helps a sub to know how you expect your students to behave.&nbsp; When the sub knows and understands the class rules and expectations they are better able to keep the day as normal as possible.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div>In addition to the rules, don&#8217;t be afraid to jot down some notes on what you expect from your students when it comes to behavior. Provide details on your classroom behavior plan so that they can use it just like you would.&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div>I also like to leave a visual incentive so my students know their good behavior will earn them a reward!&nbsp; I (or the sub) will write &#8220;FREE TIME&#8221; on the board, and the sub can remove a letter anytime they see whole group behavior is not acceptable. If there is at least one letter left when I return, my students get free time!&nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">4. Class List and Seating Chart</h3>
<div>A sub’s life is so much easier when you leave this!&nbsp; They need to know the names of those they are talking to.&nbsp; If students have assigned seats or places in the classroom, leaving the sub a seating chart is also very helpful.&nbsp; &nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">5. Schedule&nbsp;</h3>
<div>For the day to run smoothly, your sub needs to know how long each subject should last and at what times they should take your class to other places.&nbsp; Also, give them the heads up when staff members will come in or pull students out (such as a Speech Therapist, Counselor, etc…).&nbsp; And if any special activities are going on, be sure to leave the sub all the important details.</div>
<div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">6. A list of all medical issues they need to know about (asthma, food allergies, etc…)</h3>
</div>
<div>Subs should be trained on how to handle this information, but always copy this page on colored paper and mark “CONFIDENTIAL” at the top.&nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;"><b>7. Important Safety Procedures</b></h3>
<div> Fire Drill, Tornado Drill, and Lockdown Drill procedures should be very explicitly written.&nbsp; Include a note to speak to a Team Teacher who would know this information if they have even the tiniest question about these procedures!</div>
<div></p>
<div style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;"><span><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhWYOjwrBtzWYSe-NAnKELIGRSleIFpmfvq7Xcl0TIOtumRswfiQ0SxAzf-bVW1eiFtIFjQCgLM3Cufi0YijvsWhbHKxPwfOggfB-HcYQ9s8oFVULeWKmLCeIeb080TCaxKodZVi9X41cMEs03nDuIuvUF-41NO0mzDSiylir_Y7IIIuS_o3-AOgrSM/s1080/Easy%20Ways%20to%20Prepare%20for%20a%20Substitute%20Teacher%20Jz%20Elementary%20Island%20blog%20%20copy%202.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Leaving a list of students who may need extra support or have important medical conditions your substitute should be aware of is important for your substitute and your students while you are away." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="373" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Easy20Ways20to20Prepare20for20a20Substitute20Teacher20Jz20Elementary20Island20blog2020copy202.png" class="wp-image-10988171" title="Easy Ways to Prepare for a Substitute Teacher Student Names" width="373" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Easy20Ways20to20Prepare20for20a20Substitute20Teacher20Jz20Elementary20Island20blog2020copy202.png 373w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Easy20Ways20to20Prepare20for20a20Substitute20Teacher20Jz20Elementary20Island20blog2020copy202-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 373px) 100vw, 373px" /></a></span></div>
</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;"><b>8. The names of students who may need extra support</b></h3>
<div><span>Many students need support in different ways during the day.  This may include things like repeated directions, help focusing, assistance with transitions, and more.&nbsp; Letting your sub know this information before they happen prevents misunderstandings and possible behavior issues.</span>&nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;"><b>9. Directions for using classroom technology</b></h3>
<div>There&#8217;s nothing worse for a sub than not being able to access the classroom technology.  This includes how to turn on and use equipment and any passwords they may need to complete the day&#8217;s activities.  I would suggest keeping things very simple or leaving a trusted “Student Tech Helper” tasked with helping the sub.&nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;"><b>10. Lesson Plans (planned absence)</b></h3>
<div>Leave as thoroughly DETAILED lesson plans as possible.&nbsp; Don’t assume subs “just know” what they should be doing when it comes to the work you have left.&nbsp; If applicable,&nbsp;copy teacher textbook pages and highlight what should be completed.&nbsp; Save your plans so that you can use them as a template for your next substitute lesson plan.&nbsp; Since the format and times are already there, you can simply change the text as needed.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div>When I know I will be out, I leave the binder out on my desk so my substitute can easily find it. Right next to the binder, I leave any copies or supplies the sub will need and I make sure to label everything!</div>
<div>&nbsp;</p>
<h2 style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;">The Sub Tub</h2>
<div></div>
<p>While it would be great to have advance notice of all absences, we all know that is just not the case.  In fact, more often than not, our need for a substitute teacher arises at the last minute.  By preparing in advance, you can have some ready-to-go sub plans at a moment&#8217;s notice.</p></div>
<div></div>
<div>When leaving lesson plans and student work for an unplanned absence, a file box or basket is a great way to organize your resources.&nbsp; Simply fill your box with plenty of ready-to-go printed-off worksheets/activities that will review grade-level skills.&nbsp; I do not differentiate the work I leave as I don’t know what my students&#8217; levels will be when I’m out and I also want to keep things easy for my sub.</div>
<div>&nbsp;</p>
<div style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;">
<div style="text-align: left;">
<p>  Because I don&#8217;t know how long I’ll be out in an emergency, I leave 3-5 days&#8217; worth of these activities.&nbsp; Leaving a good number of assignment options also gives my sub the freedom to choose the work they give for the day.&nbsp; </p></div>
</div>
<div></div>
<p>In the lesson plan or on a sticky note, I will say: “Choose one of the following Math activities”, “Complete one of the following Reading Pages together as a whole group”, etc…&nbsp;&nbsp;</p></div>
<div></div>
<div>Having this amount of work already prepared not only means that my sub has plenty to choose from, but also keeps me from having to replenish activities as soon as I return.</p>
</div>
<div>My “Sub Tub” stays in a prominent area of my room where it is easy to find.&nbsp; But just in case, I have gotten into the habit of leaving a note on my desk at the end of every day that shares the location of the tub.</p>
<p>Here are some essential resources and activities to keep in your Sub Tub.</p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">1. A read aloud</h3>
<p>A picture book along with a reading graphic organizer makes a great activity any time of the year. On the back, they can draw and write about their favorite part of the book. As a whole group, students can make a list of character traits on the board. Time Frame: 30-45 min</p>
</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Place-Value-Worksheets-Place-Value-Color-by-Code-Differentiated-5645378?utm_source=Substitute%20Blog%20Optin&amp;utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Place%20Value%20CbC%20Bundle" imageanchor="1" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/8.png" class="wp-image-10988172" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/8.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/8-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a>2. No Prep Skills Review</h3>
<div>A no prep activity that reviews a skill you have already taught is the perfect addition to your sub tub.&nbsp; Review is an important part of the learning process, and a great activity for students to complete without needing a lot of assistance.&nbsp; <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Place-Value-Worksheets-Place-Value-Color-by-Code-Differentiated-5645378?utm_source=Substitute%20Blog%20Optin&amp;utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Place%20Value%20CbC%20Bundle" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Color by Code activities</a> make students think and review important skills, but allow coloring which makes it fun for students to complete. Time Frame: 30-45 min</p>
</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">3. Spelling Practice for Any List</h3>
<div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Seasonal-Spelling-Activities-for-any-list-of-words-Generic-Spelling-Activities-3652029?utm_source=Substitute%20Blog%20Optin&amp;utm_campaign=SEASONAL%20SPELLING%20BUNDLE" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Spelling activities and worksheets</a> allow students to practice spelling correctly and writing neatly.&nbsp; And since this is often a skill that gets cheated out on time, adding them to the sub tub is perfect.&nbsp; Check out these <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/05/18-ways-to-practice-spelling-words.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">creative spelling ideas</a> that are perfect for a sub!&nbsp; With versatile activities that can be used with any spelling list, the sub can use these any time of the year!&nbsp; Time Frame: 20 min</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-School-Spelling-Activities-for-ANY-List-of-words-3804650?utm_source=Substitute%20Blog%20Optin&amp;utm_campaign=B2S%20spelling" style="font-weight: 700; margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Leaving fun and engaging activities like this Crayon Spelling worksheet will help your students keep occupied and learning while you are away." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="378" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/4.png" class="wp-image-10988173" title="Easy Ways to Prepare for a Substitute Teacher Crayon Spelling Activities" width="378" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/4.png 378w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/4-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /></a></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">4. Journal Writing</h3>
<div>Journal writing is a great way for a sub to provide some dedicated writing time without the need for an extensive writing lesson. Students can write a journal entry about their day, something funny that happened to them, or anything they want the teacher to know and illustrate their story.&nbsp; If you don&#8217;t use writing journals, simply provide the sub with a list of writing prompts they can choose from. Time Frame: 30 min</p>
</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Back-to-School-Math-Mystery-Crack-the-Code-math-skills-review-4676945?utm_source=Substitute%20Blog%20Optin&amp;utm_campaign=B2S%20Math%20Mystery%20" style="clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; text-align: center;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Leaving fun worksheets like this math mystery activity will be easy for your substitute to assign to your students while you are away." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="372" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/5.png" class="wp-image-10988174" title="Easy Ways to Prepare for a Substitute Teacher Student Activities" width="372" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/5.png 372w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/5-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 372px) 100vw, 372px" /></a>5. Math Mystery</h3>
<div>Looking for a super engaging and academic activity that will make the sub&#8217;s life a breeze?&nbsp; Look no further than <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Seasonal-Math-Activities-Math-Mystery-2nd-grade-math-skills-review-BUNDLE-4937201?utm_source=Substitute%20Blog%20Optin&amp;utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Math%20Mystery%20Bundle" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Math Mysteries</a>! These math activities include lots of critical thinking and math review, but working in partners allows students to feel like it’s just a normal school day.&nbsp; These math mysteries take a little longer than your typical math lesson, but students love them! Time Frame: 1-1.5 hours</p>
</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">6. Word Search</h3>
<div>Word Searches are a fun way to keep students busy, but are also good for critical thinking and focus!&nbsp; Easy and low stress for students and substitutes alike!&nbsp; Time Frame: 20-30 min</p>
</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">7. Craftivities</h3>
<div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Holiday-Math-Activities-or-Centers-Craft-Cross-Curricular-Writing-Growing-Bundle-7684964?utm_source=Substitute%20Blog%20Optin&amp;utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Math%20Craftivities%20Bundle" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Craftivities</a> that ask students to color, cut, and glue while reviewing important skills are perfect for sub-work!&nbsp; They are more fun than a typical worksheet and students love them.&nbsp; Anything that engages students means they are more focused on work and are less likely to cause disruptions or have behavior issues. And . . . the demands placed on teachers and time, these &#8220;fun&#8221; activities sometimes get pushed to the back burner. Time Frame: 1 hour</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Holiday-Math-Activities-or-Centers-Craft-Cross-Curricular-Writing-Growing-Bundle-7684964?utm_source=Substitute%20Blog%20Optin&amp;utm_campaign=Seasonal%20Math%20Craftivities%20Bundle" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="375" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/7.png" class="wp-image-10988175" width="375" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/7.png 375w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/7-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 375px) 100vw, 375px" /></a></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">8. Games</h3>
<div>Games such as bingo, Scoot, or game boards with task cards are a great way for your students to have a break from worksheets!&nbsp; Grab a bingo set or task card set that reviews a skill and let students have some gamified learning time.&nbsp; Games are great for small groups or the whole class!&nbsp; Time Frame: 30-45 min&nbsp;</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">Free Resources for Planning for Your Sub</h2>
<p>Planning for a sub does take some time, but by getting this set up and ready before you need it, you can save yourself a lot of time and stress.&nbsp; Grab this <a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/s6r2l5" target="_blank" rel="noopener">free Substitute Information pack</a>!  This resource is exactly what you need to get your Sub Binder or Box in tip-top shape!</p>
<div style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #111111; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; text-decoration: none; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><br /></span></span></div>
<p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; text-decoration: none; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"></span></p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; text-decoration: none; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"><a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/s6r2l5" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Use this substitute teacher information pack to help you quickly and easily prepare for a substitute teacher this year." border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="894" height="406" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Screen20Shot202022-06-2520at203.36.1120PM.png" class="wp-image-10988176" title="Easy Ways to Prepare for a Substitute Teacher" width="315" /></a></span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"></div>
<h2 style="clear: both; text-align: left;">Pin this Substitute Prep Plan!</h2>
<div style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;">I hope this Blog Post was super helpful in getting you prepared for a Substitute Teacher- whether you planned to be out or your absence was an unwelcome surprise!  There is a lot of information to retain, so be sure to Pin this post to your favorite Teacher Pinterest Board so that you can come back when you&#8217;re ready to prep!</div>
<div style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #111111; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; text-decoration: none; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><br /></span></span></div>
<div style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt; text-align: left;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #111111; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; text-decoration: none; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"><span style="font-family: inherit;"></p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiH70JvWyO33l87sWfKBamPppFPlsnS5hiPI7ZvsoPBzEUdr5Yf7yu2i8_Ru9pi8mN1EtuDq3MMHbr2gsFgOcnvZkJz7PvugCST72fAAAh3rQLA3bt-FxEyoVYVBzLBtAfDaief7Jdd6BLB6QsYVL4XAU3eBrncZZ0MgQWflNhGdOjCuDU5hDUAjb8Z/s1500/Easy%20Ways%20to%20Prepare%20for%20a%20Substitute%20Teacher%20Jordana%20Zachara%20-%20Elementary%20Island%20-%20Pin%20.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Use these helpful tips and tricks to easily prepare for your substitute teacher. From coloring sheets, to activity sheets, to leaving a super organized binder, you can prepare for an emergency situation requiring a substitute on short notice. Once you have your substitute teacher binder prepped and ready to go, all you have to do is periodically update student info. That's it! How easy is that? Use these helpful tips and tricks to get organized and prepared for a substitute teacher this year. #subfolder #substituteteacher #subplans #substituteteacherplans #emergencysubplans" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="409" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Easy20Ways20to20Prepare20for20a20Substitute20Teacher20Jordana20Zachara20-20Elementary20Island20-20Pin20.png" class="wp-image-10988177" title="Easy Ways to Prepare for a Substitute Teacher" width="272" /></a></div>
<p><b><br /></b></span></span></div>
<p dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;"><span style="background-color: white; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: 400; text-decoration: none; vertical-align: baseline; white-space: pre-wrap;"><span style="font-family: inherit;"><br /></span></span></p>
</div>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/08/11/prepare-for-substitute/">10 Immediate Actions to do NOW to Prepare for a Substitute Teacher</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/08/11/prepare-for-substitute/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Help! 10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night!</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/04/06/back-to-school-night/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/04/06/back-to-school-night/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2022 13:11:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[B2S START HERE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Classroom community]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[classroom management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[conferences]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[organization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[teacher tips]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false"></guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Ahhh, back to school night. .&#160; . This exciting event can truly set the tone for relationships with parents and families as you begin a new year. While it can sometimes feel a little stressful or overwhelming to know exactly what to plan for back to school night, it doesn&#8217;t have to be! Today, I [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/04/06/back-to-school-night/">Help! 10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ahhh, back to school night. .&nbsp; . This exciting event can truly set the tone for relationships with parents and families as you begin a new year. While it can sometimes feel a little stressful or overwhelming to know exactly what to plan for back to school night, <i>it doesn&#8217;t have to be</i>! Today, I am sharing my <i>tried and true,</i>&nbsp;tips for a successful back to school night in your classroom!&nbsp;</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhkLL0zWB5yeE8GWqw0bRgYMyJVbd8V2nd_POcesVQuOPulW-g3NItpr7ts1JFy8u3epSaWx20j19XiDyRLm-eTk0KMgX1ZCWUX-BYTly39HcYGyRaDVxmxuuynvc2bu3BdVO3A3Dvwk6I2XKxi5tw9T-1-02FIciOSf4SXmGT1DCco0pkNN36eGrof/s2240/Help!%2010%20Tips%20for%20a%20Successful%20Back%20to%20School%20Night!%20%20-%20elementary%20island%20header.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Use these 10 tips and tricks to ensure a super successful back to school night for you, your students, and their parents." border="0" data-original-height="1260" data-original-width="2240" height="360" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20elementary20island20header.png" class="wp-image-10988238" title="10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night" width="640" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">1. Sign In Area</h2>
<div>I know this seems simple, but trust me- don&#8217;t skip this one! Having a sign sign-in area is essential for many reasons! First off, it will help you remember which parents belong to each of your students right off the bat. I also like to take this opportunity to gather updated contact info such as emails, cell numbers, and home addresses. You would be surprised how often this info is incorrect at the front office!</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh1ParlA9lSq4PsGTfB4cTIxJKsRNwbB22rGO-fhudOuzaCtU030AzEK3_iYQhZmUSHYsQ0vfP_iBQXSjd3j1raUM4TvxyFb9fxZUdAojDobQAcWTnmCewbPi7HGe-DPwhDwdRGty5jj5zQE3U0l-VsVfIxQAXlDU9jvFW76IBjwpftkHXBqrOFr_pY/s1080/Help!%2010%20Tips%20for%20a%20Successful%20Back%20to%20School%20Night!%20%20-%20Elementary%20Island%20Blog.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Creating a sign in area is a great way to help you keep track of which families were able to attend back to school night and which weren't." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog.png" class="wp-image-10988239" title="10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<p>Also, having a sign-in area will help you keep track of who wasn&#8217;t able to make it to back to school night. I always like to reach out to those families and make sure they receive copies of anything I hand out and fill them in on anything they missed.&nbsp;</p></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">2. Supply Drop Off Area</h2>
<div>At the beginning of the year, our school always distributes lists for requested supplies by grade. Some schools have children maintain their own school supplies while others use a &#8220;community&#8221; supply stash that all the children share. Either way, you will want to have some kind of system set up for parents to drop these items off during back to school night.&nbsp;</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjEuTlyAfHWgBh4OWMru_NcyxRcCmMBAFsXi1O9fpzFZOPGBQjS7K04fyxb86ggpPlBmn82IouqTgMKgY4n222fZAabvEsD6rpcp1_IGBBPFB_AIxmjsG8L63G5yEHluI4Hkrnwg3Bv98FgIXmJJKKxueCilYkeWLEActkFzyUPEgmAT51p0hKUVBdY/s1080/Help!%2010%20Tips%20for%20a%20Successful%20Back%20to%20School%20Night!%20%20-%20Elementary%20Island%20Blog%20(8).png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Creating a supply drop off area will help you keep everything organized during and after your back to school night." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog208.png" class="wp-image-10988240" title="10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night Supply Drop Off Area" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog208.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog208-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div>If you have students keep track of their own individual supplies, I recommend having parents drop these directly into their cubbies or lockers right after they sign in. You can make a little sign directing them to do so. Alternately, if you have community school supplies, set up boxes or bins labeled for each item and have parents sort these out upon arrival. This will save you time and give parents something to do while everyone gets settled.&nbsp;</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">3. Student Activities&nbsp;</h2>
<div>Definitely be sure to prepare some kind of simple activity for students to work on and keep busy! You could plan a <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Owevvin-Crafts-Animals-Toddler-Preschool/dp/B07Z1SD4KS/ref=sr_1_7?keywords=simple+kids+craft+kits&amp;qid=1648598895&amp;sr=8-7" target="_blank" rel="noopener">simple craft </a>for this or provide some practice activities for them to work on while you speak with parents. Some of my favorite activities are <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/3-Digit-Back-to-School-Addition-and-Subtraction-Color-by-Code-BUNDLE-5439358?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=10%20Tips%20for%20Back%20to%20School%20Night" target="_blank" rel="noopener">color-by-code worksheets</a>&nbsp;and <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Nouns-and-Verbs-Worksheets-Word-Search-Bundle-5287587?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=10%20Tips%20for%20Back%20to%20School%20Night" target="_blank" rel="noopener">word searches</a>. Both of these activities are great because students can work independently and require very little teacher instruction, making it easy for you to focus on the parents during this time.&nbsp; And . . . if you need a no-prep option, you can never go wrong with a small tub of playdough at each student&#8217;s desk.</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/3-Digit-Back-to-School-Addition-and-Subtraction-Color-by-Code-BUNDLE-5439358?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=10%20Tips%20for%20Back%20to%20School%20Night" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Using engaging activities like these fun Place Value Color by Code worksheets are great to have out for your students during back to school night." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog201.png" class="wp-image-10988241" title="10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night Color By Code" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog201.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog201-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">4. &#8220;Catch-All&#8221; Folder</h2>
<div>Every year, I make a folder for each student that will help families keep track of all the important information they will receive this night. There is a lot of information given and I know parents will enjoy the time to go over the information again, more thoroughly, on their own time.</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj-uuNRWUfkaKoZR8CctVO_c76gAFEuNosH5DXaj8F5TpOZ35zrIsZnbBNrQ939e6pTNfsu6lw85veY8PleOVoR0DCO2WbExuH9AAHl7vTiWOd3NDuc8lvBQSzs8SNSFhGMo2DPeUHbDdIL26iEWyuFhePo2jIS__Q9tW3F6fc8gl_NZ5RMDEXyWM5T/s1080/Help!%2010%20Tips%20for%20a%20Successful%20Back%20to%20School%20Night!%20%20-%20Elementary%20Island%20Blog%20(9).png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Folders are a great way to help keep you and your classroom families organized." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog209.png" class="wp-image-10988242" title="10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night Folders" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog209.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog209-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div>I like to label one side of the folder &#8220;Keep at Home&#8221; and one side &#8220;Return to School&#8221;.&nbsp; Keep at home is usually all the rules and procedures during the school day.&nbsp; The return to school side will be any programs I would like the parents to sign up for like Xtramath, Remind, or information that needs a permission slip like emergency dismissal procedures or photos posted on the internet permission.</div>
<div></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">5. Welcome Gift&nbsp;</h2>
<div>As a nice touch, I always love to add in some kind of cute welcome gift for families.&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgRnmB8xz3-dJVWGGvCdPOAvYRmgxfrdZpGKoSajFV-7ZF3uqIQulazu5LmC8SijHvqxxeZLeM9a4z8SrL7ThB5SXgfHC-5OEzV39oZ61Lmn3oy-kUHRMv2u9mkNcBapS8F1at_oH7bpBiU5MTVR6ceS44NjsevL8HxhvLLC24q-m7beUg8Ums_KXPs/s1080/Help!%2010%20Tips%20for%20a%20Successful%20Back%20to%20School%20Night!%20%20-%20Elementary%20Island%20Blog%20(2).png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Including a welcome gift like these little bags of candy are a great way to show your parents and students you are excited to meet them during back to school night." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog202.png" class="wp-image-10988243" title="10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog202.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog202-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<p>This doesn&#8217;t have to be anything big, just something that shows families you are excited to work with them this year! In the past, I have given out lots of different things including:</p></div>
<div>
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li>a small bag of fun-size candy bars with a cute gift tag (be sure to check Pinterest for this one, there are SO many cute and witty tags to download for various types of candy)</li>
<li>a pen and mini notepad with a personalized note from me (grab these items from the dollar store)</li>
<li>a bag of microwave popcorn with a note that reads &#8220;thanks for popping in&#8221;&nbsp;</li>
</ul>
<div>There are so many fun, inexpensive ideas out there, feel free to get creative! Again, it truly doesn&#8217;t need to cost much to show that you care.&nbsp;</div>
</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">6. Scavenger Hunt&nbsp;</h2>
<div>I always like to plan a scavenger hunt for families to participate in together for back-to-school night. This is a great way to help students get familiar with the classroom and learn where things are. This is an excellent &#8220;icebreaker&#8221; activity to start the night off!</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh399W4r1L7uQVVXZIUfYdmr-3877CqSZ0uPEwgHsE4yogWeUyYxhiBDosQVKWnQEsT0MYSBE8cs22khsQSeSfyCsLZYX467hKEuQbcnZ4Pud7vDyFaXWEODrAg101-o0D4U3jmwwL2SPb4-NDgT6-eoKdDR3HpGQ7nXLII052DMiiXQPW_dPK_srwd/s1080/Help!%2010%20Tips%20for%20a%20Successful%20Back%20to%20School%20Night!%20%20-%20Elementary%20Island%20Blog%20(6).png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="A classroom scavenger hunt is a great activity to help your students get comfortable with the classroom during back to school night" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog206.png" class="wp-image-10988244" title="10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night Classroom Scavenger Hunt" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog206.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog206-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div>Some things I always include in the scavenger hunt in my classroom include:&nbsp;</div>
<div>
<ul style="text-align: left;">
<li>Find where you will make your lunch choice. What will you choose tomorrow?</li>
<li>Find the classroom rules. Which rule are you already a master at?</li>
<li>Find the classroom jobs. Which job will be your favorite?</li>
</ul>
<div>Feel free to include as many questions as you need to cover the &#8220;high usage&#8221; areas of your classroom and help families understand your daily routine. You can even make this activity use more than just your classroom if you want families to get familiar with other areas in the school as well.</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">7. Volunteer Information</h2>
</div>
<div>I always use back-to-school night as an opportunity to provide lots of information about volunteering. Often, it can be <i>really tricky</i> to even find parent volunteers for the classroom, so this is a great time to mention it! I like to write up a little information sheet with all the possible options for volunteering in our school and make sure each parent gets a copy. Also, make sure to let them know if there will be future opportunities, such as field trips, and how they can keep an eye out for those!</div>
<div></div>
<div>Make sure opportunities to sign up are available during the meeting. I usually do NOT add this to the return to school folder because I tend to get more volunteers when I physically see them.&nbsp; For example, I always know we have Halloween, Christmas and Valentine&#8217;s Day parties.&nbsp; So I will have 3 sheets laid out for parents to sign up for whichever, or all, holidays they will be happy to provide items for or set up. I already have my go-to list when the holiday rolls around!</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgdCaWDZ3fsMWvIL5yJTOo6I7lHlgcE4Eke7rvssmrWpOT9ogXHuL3UVry490JqjPdreividDzl8J4iotM2_3YFuY6w0Y7lPK7hzjGUDteTwDJ-_AFe33qz7SKopwXqgH3UazXyk0cfFzZREWSsQHLjFdF3zfXuKI51OdMHg8_nZJYI8UbbMQtWRr09/s1080/Help!%2010%20Tips%20for%20a%20Successful%20Back%20to%20School%20Night!%20%20-%20Elementary%20Island%20Blog%20(3).png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Get your parents excited about volunteering in the classroom during back to school night with sign up sheets and ways for parents to express areas where they would be willing to volunteer." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog203.png" class="wp-image-10988245" title="10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night Volunteer Sign Up" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog203.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog203-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">8. Classroom Wishlist</h2>
<div>Don&#8217;t forget to prepare your own, personal classroom wishlist! Often, the school will be in charge of the school supply requests, but they don&#8217;t always match up with the materials that you would like to use in your classroom. If you&#8217;re stumped on what to add to your wishlist, <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">I&#8217;ve got you covered!</a>&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh5ylI5I0FB67q7ZTm9dNkXWjLCZ2nQOMzoCC2ySjQRX0-S-DZOzudWIjFNEMtVxo-eeCsrNMI6G0h9zYFlugxk_-SSRRyrwOd2ORwVcprIUQvMawb8K9bn7LS0qYJLFRtRlZBcXvdbzf-YtPPj4ZInlZNqRYEXmRvjEsg44eFAxn47xO8ZtQ9WcM2k/s1080/Help!%2010%20Tips%20for%20a%20Successful%20Back%20to%20School%20Night!%20%20-%20Elementary%20Island%20Blog%20(10).png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Parents are always looking for ways to support teachers. Make sure to have your classroom wishlist on display during back to school night to help parents know what sort of supplies your classroom could use." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog2010.png" class="wp-image-10988246" title="10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night Classroom Wishlist" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog2010.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog2010-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div>For this, I like to make sure each parent gets a copy of our classroom wishlist and then also leave a little sign-up sheet out for anyone that wants to commit to specific items that evening. Some things you might not need to include on the signup (if you would like multiples) but for larger, more specific items be sure to make a signup sheet!&nbsp;</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">9. Teacher Contact Info Magnet&nbsp;</h2>
<div>This one will take a little bit of planning ahead, but is always a huge hit among families!&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhfM_U5Rrv-I9DDyLcHo1sC93j6hxW5yj-tW1c9cL9CWcY7aivOI0fccq5YIJjN3itihd4nw0ldWNmBBEDKn2rx11LJF_ZrUHXf9bOoDfJ_6wJzqzgJ6y55f3nvTSfp1UOllZvqz2_Z4tT6xJAVyQvRNiRuQsse690e0wFBbV_nv3zccd7hUzgcZLxW/s1080/Help!%2010%20Tips%20for%20a%20Successful%20Back%20to%20School%20Night!%20%20-%20Elementary%20Island%20Blog%20(4).png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="A teacher contact info magnet like this is a super convenient way for parents to have all of your information in one place." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog204.png" class="wp-image-10988247" title="10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night Teacher Contact Info Magnet" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog204.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog204-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<p>I like to make magnets for parents to put on the fridge will all of my contact information on them. For this, you can either order custom magnets from a company like Vista Print, or go the DIY route!&nbsp;</p></div>
<div></div>
<div>To make these yourself, grab some <a href="https://amzn.to/3DHVgaI" target="_blank" rel="noopener">cardstock</a> and <a href="https://amzn.to/3jaoMN4" target="_blank" rel="noopener">mini magnets</a>. Design a simple postcard-sized image with all the information you would like to include.&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div>On mine, I always made sure to include my email, the school office phone number, and our classroom Facebook page.&nbsp; Anything that you want parents to have right at their fingertips is perfect for this magnet.</div>
<div></div>
<div>Next, print out the designs, cut and laminate them and then stick a magnet to the back. Parents will be able to display these on their refrigerator at home to keep your info close!</div>
<div></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">10. Photo Area&nbsp;</h2>
</p>
<p>Last but not least, I love to include an area in the classroom for families to snap a quick photo to commemorate back to school night!&nbsp;</p>
<p>I always set up a simple backdrop that matches our classroom theme for students and parents to pose in front of. Amazon has a ton of fun, plastic backgrounds <a href="https://amzn.to/3Kh345Y" target="_blank" rel="noopener">like the one I used</a> that are simple and easy to hang!</p>
</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3Kh345Y" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="An interactive photo area like this is fun for parents and kids during your back to school night activities." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog205.png" class="wp-image-10988248" title="10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night Photo Area" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog205.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Blog205-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
</p>
<p>I hope you found some fun, new ideas to incorporate into your back-to-school night routine this year!&nbsp;</p>
<p>These tips and tricks have served me well over the years and helped me make a <i>great</i> impression with new families on this special night!&nbsp;</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">Save These Ideas for Later!</h2>
<div>Don&#8217;t forget to save these ideas on your favorite classroom Pinterest board so that you can quickly and easily plan your back to school night next year!&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><a href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiQkTbpO18j0Ow0LEHgkuqyzQhZuWMURcGb6-CE1myGH2KQXoC0VOzuB_JjWPJNscRLsHbECsEuN0mueQcuZKxY5hlnrKT2zVwANOmppICI39qiBZSLdCKUFUbw1FTM5j6YGp1m79UYtO0yK2fCNinYN7plxz9cH6cRJspRxztE3BGJMkuIHhr8Ed9M/s1500/Help!%2010%20Tips%20for%20a%20Successful%20Back%20to%20School%20Night!%20%20-%20Elementary%20Island%20Pin.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em; text-align: left;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Use these 10 tips and tricks to ensure a super successful back to school night for you, your students, and their parents." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="383" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Help201020Tips20for20a20Successful20Back20to20School20Night2020-20Elementary20Island20Pin.png" class="wp-image-10988249" title="10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night" width="255" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<div></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/04/06/back-to-school-night/">Help! 10 Tips for a Successful Back to School Night!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/04/06/back-to-school-night/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year!</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/03/16/30-teacher-must-haves/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/03/16/30-teacher-must-haves/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 16 Mar 2022 16:37:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[B2S START HERE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[classroom management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[teacher tips]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false"></guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>If you&#8217;re anything like me, you probably have A LOT of materials, tools, and resources in your classroom. But have you ever thought about what you just couldn&#8217;t live without? I think it&#8217;s fun to see what other teachers are loving in their classrooms &#8211; you never know when you will find a new favorite! [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/03/16/30-teacher-must-haves/">30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you&#8217;re anything like me, you probably have A LOT of materials, tools, and resources in your classroom. But have you ever thought about what you just couldn&#8217;t live without? I think it&#8217;s fun to see what other teachers are loving in their classrooms &#8211; you never know when you will find a new favorite! Today I have compiled a list of my top 30 classroom must-haves for an awesome year. These are the things I just <i>have to have </i>for smooth days in the classroom and personal sanity as an elementary school teacher!</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1151917222.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Our teacher lives are filled with excitement, chaos, and love. Use these 30 classroom must haves to help you keep sane and organized this year." border="0" data-original-height="1260" data-original-width="2240" height="360" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1151917222.png" class="wp-image-10988251" title="30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year" width="640" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1151917222.png 1600w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1151917222-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>1. Post-It Notes</b></h2>
<p>Can you ever have enough post-it notes? I think not! I buy these in all <a href="https://amzn.to/3IQYZVj" target="_blank" rel="noopener">sizes and lots of colors</a>. There&#8217;s always SO much floating around in my head and I love having these on hand to jot things down quickly.&nbsp; They are also perfect for collecting data on students, sending a quick note home, or using with interactive lessons.&nbsp; Giving each student a sticky note to answer a question and then stick to the board or an anchor chart is a fun and engaging way to get every student involved in a lesson at the same time.</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>2. BIC 1.6 mm Pens</b></h2>
<p><a href="https://amzn.to/3hNJbXi" target="_blank" rel="noopener">These&nbsp;BIC 1.6mm Pens</a> are my all-time favorite pens! They are super cheap, which is great because I always seem to lose them and they write nice and smoothly on the thin pages of a grade book. I love that I can get them in a variety of colors too!</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3hNJbXi" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="These pens are my all-time favorite. I use them for EVERYTHING!" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1044" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-801918584.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988252" title="30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year Bic 1.6mm Pens" width="223" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-801918584.jpeg 1044w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-801918584-800x1149.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 223px) 100vw, 223px" /></a></div>
</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>3. Crayola Markers</b></h2>
<p>Crayola is one of those brands that I love and trust.&nbsp; When it comes to markers I love these <a href="https://amzn.to/3Mz6Edg" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Crayola markers</a> because the colors are always bright and vivid.&nbsp; I buy 4 sets of these when they are priced super low at back-to-school time for myself. This allows me a fresh new set each quarter for grading papers and writing anchor charts.&nbsp;</p>
<h2><b>4. Personal Laminator</b></h2>
<div>I love my personal laminator.&nbsp; While I don&#8217;t use this for laminating everything, it is perfect to avoid lines in the workroom or for those things that I want to last a long time.&nbsp; I find that the lamination on this laminator is thicker than the school laminating machine.&nbsp; I love to use it for things like center activity pieces and game boards.&nbsp; It&#8217;s also great for activities that are going to get lots of use.&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/3Kp5XkF" target="_blank" rel="noopener">This Scotch Thermal Laminator</a>&nbsp;is my favorite!&nbsp; And you can&#8217;t forget those laminating pages.&nbsp; I really like to stock up with the <a href="https://amzn.to/3ClHsC1" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Amazon brand of laminating sheets</a>.</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3Kp5XkF" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="This personal laminator is so great for those times when you need to laminate something quickly and don't feel like waiting in line for the school laminator." border="0" data-original-height="1032" data-original-width="1477" height="224" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-319702905.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988253" title="30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year Personal Laminator" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-319702905.jpeg 1477w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-319702905-800x559.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
</h2>
<h2><b>5.&nbsp; Hand Sanitizer</b></h2>
<p>Surely, you understand the absolute need for this as a teacher. . . I mean, are they&nbsp;<i>really</i>&nbsp;washing their hands in the bathroom? I buy this in big jugs at Walmart right before school starts to stock up for the year.&nbsp; Even if hand sanitizer is on your school supply list, it never seems to last until the end of the year.&nbsp; Stocking up never hurts!&nbsp;</p>
<h2><b>6. Black Sharpies</b></h2>
<p><a href="https://amzn.to/3hQt7nC" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Sharpies</a>&nbsp;are my go to permanent markers.&nbsp; I&#8217;ve been known to label ALL the things and I love these for the job.&nbsp; I like to buy both the regular and chisel tip so that I have just the right one for the job.&nbsp; You can even get them in a variety of colors which makes them great for color coding and labeling.</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3sOADWq" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="355" data-original-width="269" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-872803631.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988254" width="242" /></a></div>
<p>And . . . did you know that you can even use Sharpie on a dry erase board without ruining it? It&#8217;s perfect for posting things on the board that you don&#8217;t want to be erased like focus wall headers.&nbsp; When you are ready to remove it, simply color over the Sharpie with a dry erase marker, then erase.&nbsp; The ink in the dry erase marker connects to the permanent ink too!&nbsp; Please don&#8217;t ask me to explain the science behind it &#8211; I just know it works!</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>7. Page Protectors</b></h2>
<p>I love using plastic page protectors because they cut down on the need for laminating everything. By sliding a page into the page protector students can complete the page using a dry-erase marker.&nbsp; It makes a really quick and easy way to add practice pages to centers.&nbsp; It saves on copies and laminating and the students love using dry-erase markers!&nbsp; That&#8217;s a win for sure.</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>8. Mailing Labels</b></h2>
<p><a href="https://amzn.to/3vIFLNS" target="_blank" rel="noopener">These&nbsp;Avery Address Labels</a> go right along with my need to label everything.&nbsp; You can get Avery labels in a variety of sizes which makes them perfect for just about anything.&nbsp; I use them to label everything from stored center activities to student notebooks.&nbsp; If you need to remove them later, just use some rubbing alcohol.</p>
<p>Teacher Tip: At the beginning of the year I print up a sheet of labels with each student&#8217;s name on them.&nbsp; Then I have name labels I can easily grab throughout the year to label book bags, folders, water bottles, and pencils.&nbsp;</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3vIFLNS" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="I love using these Avery Address Labels to help me keep everything in my classroom organized all year long." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1176" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-969359361.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988255" title="30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year Avery Address Labels" width="251" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-969359361.jpeg 1176w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-969359361-800x1020.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 251px) 100vw, 251px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>9. Expo Markers</b></h2>
<p>I buy 4 sets of <a href="https://amzn.to/3Mvx4w9" target="_blank" rel="noopener">multicolored Expo markers</a> every year!&nbsp; I always go with the name brand because not only are their colors bright and vivid, but they erase well.&nbsp; Not all dry erase markers are created equal! This is one of those situations where the cheap knock-offs just don&#8217;t compare.&nbsp;</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>10. Comfortable Shoes</b></h2>
<p>This is a major requirement for me! I fell in love with <a href="https://share.rothys.com/x/d7VSlZ" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Rothys</a> for teaching.&nbsp; I love the look of these shoes, but even more important is how comfortable they are.&nbsp; As a teacher you are on your feet all.day.long!&nbsp; It&#8217;s really important to have shoes that comfortable and supportive. Check them out if you are looking for something that falls in the category of cute and comfortable! Use this&nbsp;<a href="https://share.rothys.com/x/d7VSlZ" target="_blank" rel="noopener">link</a> to get $20 off!&nbsp;</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://share.rothys.com/x/d7VSlZ" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="650" data-original-width="650" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-144248527.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988256" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-144248527.jpeg 650w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-144248527-300x300.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<p>They have lots of different styles and colors to choose from.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>
<h2><b>11. Band-Aids</b></h2>
<p>Second maybe only to stickers, band-aids are a lifesaver in the classroom.&nbsp; There are many nurse requests that can be quickly and easily solved with a band-aid.&nbsp; Since we don&#8217;t want a student to miss out on 5-10 minutes of instruction for a boo-boo that&#8217;s NOT bleeding, having a supply of band-aids in the classroom is key! Whether it&#8217;s actually &#8220;needed&#8221; or not, a band-aid fixes any minor injury!</p>
<p>Bonus Idea: Another great boo-boo fix is a cold sponge.&nbsp; If you have a refrigerator in your classroom, simply cut a kitchen sponge into four pieces.&nbsp; Add water and wring them out so they are just damp.&nbsp; Then put it inside a small zip-lock bag and throw it in the freezer.&nbsp; It&#8217;s the perfect solution for bumps and aches that aren&#8217;t quite nurse-worthy.</p>
<h2><b>12. Yearly Calendar</b></h2>
<div>These days there is so much more to teaching than just teaching in your classroom.&nbsp; There are lots of meetings and planning. Having a good calendar system is key.&nbsp; While I do like to keep things on the calendar on my phone, I also like to have a paper calendar.&nbsp; There&#8217;s just something about seeing it that helps me to remember things.&nbsp; I like to hang a big calendar,&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/3hJFEJR" target="_blank" rel="noopener">like this Aesthetic Greenery Wall Calendar</a>,&nbsp;behind my desk for quick and easy reference.&nbsp;</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3hJFEJR" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="A yearly calendar is an absolute must in my classroom. It helps me keep track of all of my teacher responsibilities every day, week, and month." border="0" data-original-height="1238" data-original-width="1500" height="264" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-724523975.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988257" title="30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year Yearly Calendar" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-724523975.jpeg 1500w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-724523975-800x660.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
</h2>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>13. Stickers</b></h2>
<p>Elementary students love these at any age! I use them for their papers as well as on their hands at the beginning of the year as a reward for following procedures. I always grab a few sticker books at my dollar store when I am there. I have even added strips of stickers or small sticker packs to my treasure chest.&nbsp; They are an inexpensive option for encouraging or rewarding students.</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>14. Cardstock</b></h2>
<p>Use cardstock to print charts, activities, and game pieces you plan to use more than once. While it is more expensive than regular copy paper, it can really add life to your classroom resources.&nbsp; Your materials will last SO much longer, so you won&#8217;t have to reinvent the wheel every year.&nbsp;</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Neenah-Creative-Collection-Specialty-Cardstock/dp/B003A2I4V2/ref=sr_1_5?crid=24FPHG12TXZ4C&amp;keywords=cardstock&amp;qid=1646063888&amp;sprefix=cardstock%2Caps%2C148&amp;sr=8-5" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Cardstock is such a great classroom resource. It's perfect for printing things you want to last for more than one use, plus it's super colorful!" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1277" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1831599167.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988258" title="30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year Cardstock" width="272" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1831599167.jpeg 1277w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1831599167-800x940.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 272px) 100vw, 272px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>15. Plastic Utensils</b></h2>
<p>Random, I know, but trust me you will need them at some point or another! Paper plates don&#8217;t hurt either. Whether it saves you a trip to the cafeteria to grab a fork or an impromptu project you will find that some utensils can come in quite handy.</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>16. Astrobrights Paper</b></h2>
<p>I LOVE <a href="https://amzn.to/3CpFIrt" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Astrobrights</a>!&nbsp; This colorful paper is the perfect way to add some pizazz to your copies. Whenever I have an important note to send home, I use these so that it doesn&#8217;t get lost in a sea of white copy paper.&nbsp; These are also a great way to save color ink.&nbsp; Print in black and white on colored paper to make the activity or cards pop!&nbsp;</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3CpFIrt" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Astrobrights Paper is so amazing! With bright, bold colors, you don't have to print on white copy paper every time you need to print and pass out worksheets to your students." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1109" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-697480084.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988259" title="30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year Astrobrights Paper" width="237" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-697480084.jpeg 1109w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-697480084-800x1082.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 237px) 100vw, 237px" /></a></div>
</p>
<h2><b>17. Clear View Binders</b></h2>
<p>When it comes to keeping myself organized this is my go-to resource.&nbsp; I use the 1/2 inch and 1-inch notebooks for&nbsp;<i>everything</i>. I love that I can keep everything I need in one place. I can stay organized while also using the clear covers to keep everything labeled.&nbsp; At any given time, you can find my lesson plans, small group reading plans, data binders, and more on my shelves.&nbsp; These are always the best price at Walmart during their back-to-school sale.&nbsp;</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>18. Wall Timer</b></h2>
<p>If there&#8217;s one tool that is not only practical but also helps students to learn independence it is a <a href="https://amzn.to/35Wx2N8" target="_blank" rel="noopener">large wall timer</a>.&nbsp; This larger timer is perfect to display at the front of the room and use any time students have a time limit.&nbsp; They are perfect for reminding students how much time they have left to complete an activity.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;It is great for writer&#8217;s workshop, independent reading time, and center rotations. The kids love being able to see how many minutes are left and it really helps keep everyone on task!</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/35Wx2N8" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="764" data-original-width="752" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-2124916466.png" class="wp-image-10988260" width="315" /></a></div>
<h2><b>19. Zip-lock bags</b></h2>
<p>You can&#8217;t go wrong by stocking your classroom with ALL sizes of zip-lock bags! Trust me, I seriously use these all the time. They come in handy for manipulatives, art supplies, books, broken necklaces, and even the occasional lost tooth!&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>
<p>The gallon-size bags are the perfect way to store center supplies when not in use.&nbsp; They are big enough to add in a master copy of the student response sheet too!&nbsp; This way everything you need stays together in one place.</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>20. Wireless Doorbell</b></h2>
<p>A <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00FR4YQYK?ascsub=&amp;linkCode=sl1&amp;tag=teainblujea-20&amp;linkId=994d1bfa80ec9259da954940e38010f1&amp;language=en_US&amp;ref_=as_li_ss_tl" target="_blank" rel="noopener">wireless doorbell</a> is the BEST classroom management hack I have found.&nbsp; I think we can all agree that gone are the days of silent classrooms.&nbsp; That means, getting students&#8217; attention is a little more difficult.&nbsp; But raising your voice doesn&#8217;t have to be the answer.&nbsp; Instead, use a wireless doorbell chime as your signal.&nbsp; Starting on day 1 I teach my students what it means when they hear the chime.&nbsp; In my classroom, students stop what they are doing and look at me.&nbsp; Then I can give an instruction without having to spend 30-60 seconds getting everyone&#8217;s attention.&nbsp; &nbsp;</p>
<p></p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00FR4YQYK?ascsub=&amp;linkCode=sl1&amp;tag=teainblujea-20&amp;linkId=994d1bfa80ec9259da954940e38010f1&amp;language=en_US&amp;ref_=as_li_ss_tl" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="I love using the wireless doorbell in my classroom. Seriously one of the best teacher hacks ever!" border="0" data-original-height="379" data-original-width="489" height="248" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-22324873.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988261" title="30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year Wireless Doorbell" width="320" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>21. Insulated Water Cup</b></h2>
<p>Yeti makes these, but there are lots of&nbsp;<a href="https://www.amazon.com/ALOUFEA-Stainless-Tumbler-Insulated-Lavender/dp/B08FR5S9T6/ref=sr_1_19?crid=DTXF0RDVH0QW&amp;keywords=water+cup&amp;qid=1645473933&amp;s=home-garden&amp;sprefix=water+cup%2Cgarden%2C157&amp;sr=1-19" target="_blank" rel="noopener">cheaper brands</a> that work just as well!&nbsp; After all, I don&#8217;t need to keep my drink cold for days on end.&nbsp; But I do love having a cup that will keep my water cold all day long.&nbsp; This <a href="https://amzn.to/3CumeSM" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Teacher Life cup</a> is perfect for just that!</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>22. Cute Teacher Bag</b></h2>
<p>I would love to get to the point where school stuff stays at school, but I&#8217;m just not there yet.&nbsp; Sigh!&nbsp; So having a <a href="https://amzn.to/34kHGwK" target="_blank" rel="noopener">large tote bag</a> (aka teacher bag) is a must.&nbsp; It becomes my version of a student&#8217;s backpack.&nbsp; Anything that needs to go to school gets put in there.&nbsp; It is much easier than trying to grab a stack of papers or multiple items and get them from the classroom to the car and then to the house.&nbsp;</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3sRpAfs" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1395" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-723293809.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988262" width="298" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-723293809.jpeg 1395w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-723293809-800x860.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 298px) 100vw, 298px" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"></div>
</p>
<h2><b>23. Fun Teacher Shirts</b></h2>
<p>I don&#8217;t know about you, but sometimes just wearing a cute shirt helps perk up my morning! Plus, they are great for those days that you have &#8220;nothing&#8221; to wear! I&#8217;ve also had administrators that will allow a teacher shirt or school shirt with jeans.&nbsp; You can find lots of amazing teacher-themed shirts on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.etsy.com/search?q=teacher%20shirts" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Etsy</a>.&nbsp;</p>
<h2><b>24. Nice Lunch Box</b></h2>
<p>Just as my students do, I get SO excited to pick a new lunch box for the school year! I like to find one&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/34p2mnq" target="_blank" rel="noopener">like this</a>&nbsp;with separate compartments to keep my cold food away from other items. An insulated lunch box is also a great thing to have if you don&#8217;t have easy access to a refrigerator. As an added bonus, having one of these really helps me stay on track with eating healthy on a budget!&nbsp;</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/34p2mnq" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="449" data-original-width="466" height="308" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1945787791.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988263" width="320" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>25. Emergency Sub Tub</b></h2>
<p>There&#8217;s nothing worse than waking up sick and not having something for a substitute teacher to do.&nbsp; In fact, I truly believe that many teachers go to work not feeling well because sub plans can be just too time-consuming to put together in a pinch.&nbsp; I highly recommend taking some time before the year begins to put together a sub tub. I like to think of a sub day as a great review day.&nbsp; By including activities that my students already know how to do, they can work more independently.&nbsp; And . . . some time reviewing previously learned skills never hurt anyone!&nbsp; I like to update it each quarter based on their skill level. You will thank yourself by taking a few minutes every couple of months to update the activities.&nbsp; It&#8217;s so much easier to do when you healthy and feeling good.&nbsp;</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>26. Student Certificates</b></h2>
<p>In my classroom, I love celebrating my students.&nbsp; I don&#8217;t think there is a better way to encourage good habits, taking risks, and hard work.&nbsp; Letting students know that you recognize all they are doing goes a long way to building relationships too!&nbsp; Using certificates is a great way to do this.&nbsp; I love having these on hand to recognize my students for a job well done. Check out my <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/End-of-the-Year-Editable-Superhero-Awards-2559823?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=30%20Teacher%20Must%20Haves%20Blog%20Post" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Superhero</a> and <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/50-End-of-the-Year-Awards-and-Editable-3724668?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=30%20Teacher%20Must%20Haves%20Blog%20Post" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Rockstar</a> theme editable certificates!</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/End-of-the-Year-Editable-Superhero-Awards-2559823?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=30%20Teacher%20Must%20Haves%20Blog%20Post" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Class awards are a great way to celebrate your students after a long and amazing year together." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-264957085.png" class="wp-image-10988264" title="30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year Class Awards" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-264957085.png 1080w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-264957085-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-264957085-800x800.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>27. Electric Pencil Sharpener</b></h2>
<p>I know your classroom wall probably already comes complete with a pencil sharpener, but let&#8217;s be honest.&nbsp; They don&#8217;t always work well, can make a mess, can be loud and students can&#8217;t sharpen a pencil very quickly.&nbsp; Instead, grab one of <a href="https://amzn.to/3tCwzI9" target="_blank" rel="noopener">these</a>&nbsp;electric pencil sharpeners and solve all those problems!&nbsp; And . . . to help them last longer don&#8217;t use them sharpen colored pencils or &#8220;fancy&#8221; pencils that have the plastic decorative coating on the outside.&nbsp; There&#8217;s something about colored pencils and the plastic coating that will send an electric pencil sharpener to an early grave.&nbsp;</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>28. Wax Warmer or Diffuser</b></h2>
<p>Kids play pretty hard at recess! This means that sometimes your classroom can need a little &#8220;freshening up.&#8221; I love using <a href="https://amzn.to/3hJUEar" target="_blank" rel="noopener">non-toxic essential oils</a> in <a href="https://amzn.to/3sYICAF" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this diffuser</a> as a way to refresh my room. <a href="https://amzn.to/3hQNkcY" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Wax warmers</a> are also great if you like heavier scents.&nbsp; Just make sure to keep anything that warms up high and out of reach of little hands.&nbsp; You might also need to check with your local fire marshall to see if there are any rules or regulations about using them in the classroom.</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3sYICAF" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="A diffuser is a great way to set the mood in your classroom. I love adding gentle and calming scents to mine to help my students stay focused during quiet times." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1500" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1942493402.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988265" title="30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year Diffuser" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1942493402.jpeg 1500w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1942493402-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1942493402-800x800.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>29. Clorox Wipes</b></h2>
<p>Whenever you have multiple people in one place you get lots and lots of germs!&nbsp; Consistently using disinfecting wipes is a great way to cut down on the germs and do your part towards keeping everyone healthy.&nbsp; Clorox wipes are great for wiping down desks, shelves, and doorknobs at the end of the week.</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>30. Chocolate Stash</b></h2>
<p style="text-align: left;">Trust me, if you get nothing else from this list of teacher must-haves. . . you absolutely NEED some <a href="https://amzn.to/3sOYMMD" target="_blank" rel="noopener">emergency treats</a>!&nbsp; Enough said!&nbsp; <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f601.png" alt="😁" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />&nbsp;</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3sOYMMD" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="992" data-original-width="692" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1786874880.png" class="wp-image-10988266" width="223" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">Have the BEST Year Ever!</h2>
<p>I hope you enjoyed my list of classroom must-haves! These items help my days run more smoothly, the classroom more efficiently, and really do help me be a better teacher!&nbsp;</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-33288194.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="These classroom must haves are are sure to help you have the best year ever!" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-33288194.png" class="wp-image-10988267" title="30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-33288194.png 1080w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-33288194-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-33288194-800x800.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<p>Did you see anything new you might try in your classroom? I know there are a lot of ideas on my list.&nbsp; You don&#8217;t need to use them all.&nbsp; Instead, think about one or two areas where your classroom needs a little tweaking.&nbsp; Then find something to help solve those problem areas. I hope some of these items help streamline your teaching and routine or at the very least bring you some calm during the more chaotic days!&nbsp;</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">Save These Classroom Must Haves!</h2>
<div>Pin this post to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so you can quickly and easily come back to it when you&#8217;re ready to try some of my favorites in your classroom!</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1314623559.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Our teacher lives are filled with excitement, chaos, and love. Use these 30 classroom must haves to help you keep sane and organized this year." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="400" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1314623559.png" class="wp-image-10988268" title="30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year" width="266" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1314623559.png 1000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/30-teacher-must-haves-1314623559-800x1200.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 266px) 100vw, 266px" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/03/16/30-teacher-must-haves/">30 Classroom Must Haves for an Awesome Year!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/03/16/30-teacher-must-haves/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Top 15 Teacher Must Haves from Amazon</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/02/14/amazon-teacher-must-haves/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/02/14/amazon-teacher-must-haves/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 Feb 2022 19:17:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[B2S START HERE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Classroom community]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[classroom management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[organization]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false"></guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>I think it&#8217;s safe to say that teaching is one of those professions that comes along with a lot of &#8220;stuff&#8221;. Whether you teach kindergarten or upper elementary, you probably have a ton of materials to keep organized. This is no easy task but it&#8217;s SO important for creating a calm and inviting classroom. Over [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/02/14/amazon-teacher-must-haves/">Top 15 Teacher Must Haves from Amazon</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I think it&#8217;s safe to say that teaching is one of those professions that comes along with a lot of &#8220;stuff&#8221;. Whether you teach kindergarten or upper elementary, you probably have a ton of materials to keep organized. This is no easy task but it&#8217;s SO important for creating a calm and inviting classroom. Over the years, I have tested a ton of tools, systems, boxes, and bins. Some were great and others didn&#8217;t even last a year. Today I am bringing you the tried and true winners for a well-organized classroom. Check out my Top 15 Teacher Must Haves from Amazon!&nbsp;</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-186526430.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="These 15 teacher must haves from Amazon will make your teacher life so much easier with organization and storage ideas for every classroom." border="0" data-original-height="1260" data-original-width="2240" height="360" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-186526430.png" class="wp-image-10988270" title="15 Teacher Must Haves From Amazon" width="640" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-186526430.png 1600w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-186526430-800x450.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">1.&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/3IIJRsm" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><b>Teacher Toolbox</b></a></h2>
<div style="text-align: left;">I&#8217;m honestly not sure if there is anything better than this for staying organized. I LOVE my teacher toolbox as a way to keep all my most frequently used items organized and easily accessible.&nbsp;</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Superhero-Classroom-Decor-Teacher-Toolbox-EDITABLE-3918032" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="This teacher toolbox is exactly what I needed to help me keep all of my most frequently used teacher supplies organized in one place. By attaching editable labels like the superhero themed or cactus themed labels, I know just where to find what I'm looking for." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-625255395.png" class="wp-image-10988271" title="Teacher Toolbox Must Have From Amazon" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-625255395.png 1080w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-625255395-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-625255395-800x800.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">If you&#8217;re looking to customize your toolbox like mine, be sure to check out my <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Cactus-Classroom-Decor-Succulent-Classroom-Decor-Teacher-Toolbox-EDITABLE-3900817" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Cactus theme</a>&nbsp;and <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Superhero-Classroom-Decor-Teacher-Toolbox-EDITABLE-3918032" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Superhero theme</a> decor sets! These toolbox decor sets are editable and sized to fit the drawers on <a href="https://amzn.to/3IIJRsm" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this unit</a> perfectly. Also, I have seen these cheaper at Home Depot and Lowes, so be sure to shop around on this item if you&#8217;re looking for a bargain!&nbsp;</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>2. <a href="https://amzn.to/3u4ciNE" target="_blank" rel="noopener">View Binders</a></b></h2>
<div style="text-align: left;">These are true classroom heroes! I stock up on these at the beginning of the year and use them for just about everything! I find that Walmart typically has these for the cheapest price right at back-to-school time.&nbsp;</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Wilson-Jones-Basic-Binder-Round/dp/B0001J3R3C?crid=X45L46WGPION&amp;keywords=1%2Binch%2Bview%2Bbinder%2Bwhite&amp;qid=1642082035&amp;s=office-products&amp;sprefix=white%2B1%27%2Bview%2Coffice-products%2C82&amp;sr=1-9&amp;linkCode=sl1&amp;tag=teainblujea-20&amp;linkId=a194e4a57362d6e8356de7b4d912fd51&amp;language=en_US&amp;ref_=as_li_ss_tl&amp;th=1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="These binders are my favorite way to keep lesson plans, center resources, and small group printables all in one easy to organize binder." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-969270938.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988272" title="View Binders Teacher Must Haves From Amazon" width="213" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-969270938.jpeg 1000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-969270938-800x1200.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 213px) 100vw, 213px" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">I love these for organizing small group materials, math and literacy resources, and seasonal activities. They are easy to store on a shelf and the view pocket makes it simple to find exactly what you&#8217;re looking for.&nbsp;</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">3.&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/3u8UqRP" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><b>Rolling Teacher Cart</b></a></h2>
<div style="text-align: left;">This is my all-time favorite teacher cart and it&#8217;s often 50% off at Michaels! I love how many drawers this has and how bright and cheerful the colors are. I use this for my small group materials and store them right next to my small group table. It is super easy to access everything I need!&nbsp;</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3u8UqRP" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="A rolling teacher cart is great for your mobile classroom organization. Label your drawers for easy access." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-340832333.png" class="wp-image-10988273" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Rolling Teacher Cart" width="213" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-340832333.png 1000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-340832333-800x1200.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 213px) 100vw, 213px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">4.&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/3IGW010" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><b>Shoe Organizer</b></a></h2>
<div style="text-align: left;">This one might seem a little odd to include in a classroom roundup, but trust me, it is an organization and storage dream! These can be used for so many things, and are a great space saver since they hang right over a door.&nbsp;</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3IGW010" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Use a hanging shoe organizer like this one to keep craft supplies like extra pencils, crayons, markers and much more all in one easy, out of the way place." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-509420323.png" class="wp-image-10988274" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Shoe Organizer" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-509420323.png 1080w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-509420323-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-509420323-800x800.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<div style="text-align: left;">I personally love to use these for my classroom store. The pockets are clear, making it easy for students to see what is available for &#8220;purchase.&#8221; This avoids having to dig around in a bin or search for just the right thing. Since I started using them, the shopping process has sped up too!</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div style="text-align: left;">As an added bonus, you will know when you need to replenish your supply! These are also great for storing extra pencils, crayons, markers, and craft supplies.&nbsp;</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">5.&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/3o0RWAZ" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><b>Storage Trays</b></a></h2>
<div style="text-align: left;">These are great to use if you have classroom helpers or assistants. I use 4 of these and print labels for each that read, &#8220;copy&#8221;, &#8220;review&#8221;,&nbsp; &#8220;grade&#8221; and &#8220;file&#8221;. This way, if my assistant happens to have any downtime they can easily check the bins and see what needs to get done. It&#8217;s a simple way to keep things organized and avoid your assistant having to wait on you for direction.&nbsp;</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3o0RWAZ" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Storage trays are a great way to organize papers in your classroom." border="0" data-original-height="1402" data-original-width="1500" height="299" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-587189243.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988275" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Storage Trays" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-587189243.jpeg 1500w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-587189243-800x748.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">6.&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/3o0Gk0K" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><b>Paper Sorter</b></a></h2>
<div style="text-align: left;">While these aren&#8217;t the cutest organizational system, they are SO functional. I have used these for sorting colored construction paper and printer paper but they are also perfect for collecting student work. I like to label these with each subject so that students can place their finished work in the appropriate bin. This makes grading a breeze! As a bonus, this paper sorter stacks to save space.&nbsp;</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3o0Gk0K" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="A paper sorter is a great way to organize your colored construction paper in your classroom. This makes it easy for students to independently grab the paper they need for their activities." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1403" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-884779957.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988276" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Paper Sorter" width="299" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-884779957.jpeg 1403w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-884779957-800x855.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 299px) 100vw, 299px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">7.&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/3rMEeTm" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><b>Circular Magnets</b></a></h2>
<div style="text-align: left;">
<div>At the beginning of the year, I assign each student a number. The students will use their numbers to keep track of their own materials, cubby, drawers, etc. I number these magnets with a permanent marker and will then use them on a magnetic board to have students make their lunch choice for the day upon entering the classroom. I love giving my students this responsibility and as a bonus, this system doubles for taking attendance super quickly as well!</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3rMEeTm" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Circular magnets are so versatile! I love using them for my students to indicate their lunch choices in the morning. It's a great way to foster independence in your students." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-1838209553.png" class="wp-image-10988277" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Circular Magnets" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-1838209553.png 1080w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-1838209553-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-1838209553-800x800.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><b></p>
<div style="text-align: left;"><b>8.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.amazon.com/Really-Useful-Storage-Drawers-Rainbow/dp/B01M3VD0PP/ref=sr_1_4?crid=SR3JUOBIKRFT&amp;keywords=Really+Useful+Box+Tower+Drawer+8+Drawers+Clear+Rainbow&amp;qid=1644866003&amp;sprefix=really+useful+box+tower+drawer+8+drawers+clear+rainbow%2Caps%2C99&amp;sr=8-4" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Tower Drawer Unit</a></b></div>
<p></b></h2>
</div>
<div>The options for this unit are endless! I especially love the durability of these drawers, making them great for students to handle. These drawers are another great option for collecting student work. I purchase enough of these units for each child to have a drawer and label by numbers so you don&#8217;t have to change the label every year. Children compile their work in here, rather than shoving them into their desks.&nbsp; We all know those desks eat loose papers!</p>
<p>You can also find these at Michael&#8217;s during the 50% off sales, bringing this item down to around $50 each!&nbsp; It&#8217;s a steal in my opinion!</p></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Really-Useful-Storage-Drawers-Rainbow/dp/B01M3VD0PP/ref=sr_1_4?crid=SR3JUOBIKRFT&amp;keywords=Really+Useful+Box+Tower+Drawer+8+Drawers+Clear+Rainbow&amp;qid=1644866003&amp;sprefix=really+useful+box+tower+drawer+8+drawers+clear+rainbow%2Caps%2C99&amp;sr=8-4" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="3024" data-original-width="4032" height="240" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-971031482.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988278" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-971031482.jpeg 1600w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-971031482-800x600.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<p></div>
<div>I also love these for housing seasonal materials that get swapped out every month that I was the students to have access to. I&#8217;m pretty sure you can <i>never</i> have enough drawer units in an elementary classroom!</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">9.&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/34bfbRC" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><b>Library&nbsp;Book Bins</b></a></h2>
<div>These are the BEST book bins for your classroom library. They are wide enough that students can flip through the books in each bin and easily see the entire cover of every book. I also love that a label will easily fit on the front, so the kids can put their books back in the correct bin independently. I have also seen these at Walmart, Target, and occasionally even the dollar store!</div>
<div></p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/34bfbRC" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Library book bins are seriously the BEST way to organize your classroom library." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-1343952233.png" class="wp-image-10988279" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Library Book Bins" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-1343952233.png 1080w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-1343952233-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-1343952233-800x800.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">10.&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/3rTUkur" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><b>Colorful Book Bins</b></a></h2>
<div>These colorful book bins have so many uses, and they don&#8217;t just stop at holding books! I love to use these for helping students corral and keep track of items assigned to them. During small group time, each child will have their own set of materials in the bin and then they return all the items when finished.&nbsp; It makes it super easy to pass out and collect materials, and saves time too!</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3rTUkur" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Colorful book bins help your students keep their small group books organized and easy to access in your classroom." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-608148103.png" class="wp-image-10988280" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Colorful Book Bins" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-608148103.png 1080w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-608148103-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-608148103-800x800.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div>Another fantastic use for these is for silent reading time. Each student will choose 5 books and place them in their bin before the timer starts. This way they are actually reading during the allotted time, rather than &#8220;searching&#8221; for a book. This is a great tool for behavior management during independent activities. I often see these in the Target Dollar Spot, and they come in a ton of colors!</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>11.&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/3s0r8lI" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Dry Erase Pockets</a>&nbsp;&amp; <a href="https://amzn.to/3rd1wTv" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Dry Erase Boards</a></b></h2>
<div>These items are crucial for my daily small groups. I love that students can use the same worksheet over and over with the handy dry erase pockets. This set also has a hole punched in each pocket, making these perfect to hang on a command hook attached to your small group cart or shelf.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div>You can also use a metal ring to create a set of dry erase activity sheets for students to complete during centers.&nbsp; Once on the ring, students can just flip through each activity.&nbsp; And don&#8217;t forget that you can add a page that will show through on the front and back of each dry erase pocket.</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-998502034.jpeg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Dry erase pockets are the perfect way to keep items crucial for daily small group practice all in one easy to find location. The color coding makes it easy for you to assign specific colors to each group." border="0" data-original-height="1232" data-original-width="1500" height="263" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-998502034.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988281" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Dry Erase Pockets" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-998502034.jpeg 1500w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-998502034-800x657.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<div>The dry erase boards, though similar to the pockets, are also essential all on their own as far as I&#8217;m concerned! These are perfect for practicing just about any concept. I love that we don&#8217;t need to print off a ton of paper when using these and they are great for whole group games, small groups, centers, and quick assessments.&nbsp; And . . . there&#8217;s something about saying &#8216;grab a dry erase marker&#8217; that increases student engagement too!</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3rd1wTv" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Dry erase boards are a great mobile option for students to use when working in small groups or on the carpet as a whole class. They are easy to store and take up very little space in the classroom." border="0" data-original-height="1400" data-original-width="1400" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-970190723.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988282" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Dry Erase Boards" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-970190723.jpeg 1400w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-970190723-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-970190723-800x800.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>12. <a href="https://amzn.to/3u1hS34" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Student Mailboxes&nbsp;</a></b></h2>
<div>If you&#8217;re in the market for student mailboxes, don&#8217;t even consider the cardboard ones! Trust me, those were a total waste of money and sadly don&#8217;t even hold up a year. While these ones are a bit pricier, you will be pleased to see how sturdy they are. I bought the 24 compartment set and they lasted <i>20 years</i> in my classroom! The 24 compartment set is a bit more compact.&nbsp; &nbsp;If you have the space, it&#8217;s much cheaper to buy 2 of the 15 compartment units instead.&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3u1hS34" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Student mailboxes are a great way to keep individual supplies or papers organized for each of your students." border="0" data-original-height="479" data-original-width="366" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-267313317.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988283" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Student Mailboxes" width="245" /></a></div>
<div>To keep these organized, I write each student&#8217;s number on a binder clip with a permanent marker and clip it to the shelf. Each child can easily find their cubby this way and take minimal effort on your part!</div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;"><b>13. <a href="https://amzn.to/3KQgUgm" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Giant Post-Its</a></b></h2>
<p style="text-align: left;">These are so useful in the elementary classroom! I love using these for anchor charts, brainstorming, quick visuals for a lesson, or really anything I want the children to be able to reference later. Having a large whiteboard is great, but eventually, you have to erase the info you put up there. This solves that problem and allows you to revisit the chart anytime your kiddos need it!&nbsp; Since they are sticky you can quickly and easily move them to a new wall.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;"></p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3KQgUgm" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Giant post its are a super useful way to write down and save information for your class as you are working with small groups or the entire class." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1221" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-1434479886.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988284" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Giant Post Its" width="260" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-1434479886.jpeg 1221w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-1434479886-800x983.jpeg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 260px) 100vw, 260px" /></a></div>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">14. <a href="https://amzn.to/3ABKCAN" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Wireless Doorbell</a>&nbsp;</h2>
<div>This little gadget will solve all of your classroom management woes for under $20! I love this battery-operated doorbell as it has so many different chime options and volume levels, so you can customize it to your liking. I LOVE using this to get my kids&#8217; attention. It&#8217;s especially helpful when your class is getting a little rambunctious. I love that my students know <i>exactly</i> what the chime means and I don&#8217;t have to shout and try to get everyone&#8217;s attention.&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://amzn.to/3ABKCAN" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Get your student's attention in a fun way with a wireless doorbell in your classroom this year." border="0" data-original-height="379" data-original-width="489" height="248" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-691419354.jpeg" class="wp-image-10988285" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Wireless Doorbell." width="320" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">15.&nbsp;<a href="https://amzn.to/3IHifUM" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><b>Velcro Carpet Dots</b></a>&nbsp;</h2>
<div style="text-align: left;">Last but not least, these velcro carpet dots will save your sanity! I like to use these as a visual reminder for where students will stand or sit throughout the year. Great for maintaining a bit of space between the children during silent reading time or independent activities. This will prevent you from having to &#8220;remind&#8221; your students where they should be during an assigned activity away from their desks.&nbsp; They are a great option for carpet time if you don&#8217;t have a rug with marked seating spaces.</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-231367409.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Velcro carpet dots are the solution to your classroom management challenges when lining up for lunch, recess, or even sitting on the carpet for whole group work. The best part is they can be moved anytime and are easy to store and reuse year after year." border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="1080" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-231367409.png" class="wp-image-10988286" title="Teacher Must Haves From Amazon Velcro Carpet Dots" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-231367409.png 1080w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-231367409-300x300.png 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-231367409-800x800.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<div>I hope you enjoyed taking a peek at my favorite classroom tools and materials! I have found that using these items in the classroom makes for a much smoother day-to-day operation and promotes independence among my students.&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div>While you aren&#8217;t likely to try everything on this list, give one or two a try.&nbsp; Think about the areas in your classroom that give you the most frustration and try one of these to help fix it.&nbsp; And . . . when you order from Amazon you can have it delivered directly to your school.&nbsp; No more lugging boxes from your house to the classroom.</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><span id="docs-internal-guid-9745f60a-7fff-0984-4f1f-0f18b4815ab4"></p>
<div align="left" dir="ltr" style="margin-left: 0pt;"><span id="docs-internal-guid-0b95c6bc-7fff-1c87-9d75-ee3a6390510a"></p>
<div align="left" dir="ltr" style="margin-left: 0pt;">
<h2>Save These Teacher Must Haves!</h2>
</div>
<p></span></div>
<p></span></div>
<div>Pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so you can quickly and easily come back when you need an idea for making your classroom a more organized and functional space.</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: left;"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-965074847.png" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="These 15 teacher must haves from Amazon will make your teacher life so much easier with organization and storage ideas for every classroom." border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-965074847.png" class="wp-image-10988287" title="15 Teacher Must Haves From Amazon" width="213" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-965074847.png 1000w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/amazon-teacher-must-haves-965074847-800x1200.png 800w" sizes="(max-width: 213px) 100vw, 213px" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div><span face="-apple-system, system-ui, &quot;system-ui&quot;, &quot;Segoe UI&quot;, Roboto, Oxygen-Sans, Ubuntu, Cantarell, &quot;Helvetica Neue&quot;, sans-serif, &quot;Apple Color Emoji&quot;, &quot;Segoe UI Emoji&quot;, &quot;Segoe UI Symbol&quot;, sans-serif" style="background-color: white; color: #111111; font-size: 13px; white-space: pre-wrap;"><br /></span></div>
<div></div>
<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/02/14/amazon-teacher-must-haves/">Top 15 Teacher Must Haves from Amazon</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2022/02/14/amazon-teacher-must-haves/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>34 Important Procedures and Routines for a Successful Elementary Classroom</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2021/07/10/34-important-procedures-and-rules-every-teacher-needs/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2021/07/10/34-important-procedures-and-rules-every-teacher-needs/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 10 Jul 2021 22:01:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[classroom management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CLASSROOM START HERE]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false"></guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>34 Important Procedures and Routines for a Successful Elementary Classroom The first week back to school is so exciting!&#160; You are looking forward to getting your classroom ready and seeing those smiling faces that you&#8217;ve missed all summer.&#160; And while it may be tempting to dive into the curriculum that first week, it is so [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2021/07/10/34-important-procedures-and-rules-every-teacher-needs/">34 Important Procedures and Routines for a Successful Elementary Classroom</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h1 style="text-align: center;">34 Important Procedures and Routines for a Successful Elementary Classroom</h1>
<p>The first week back to school is so exciting!&nbsp; You are looking forward to getting your classroom ready and seeing those smiling faces that you&#8217;ve missed all summer.&nbsp; And while it may be tempting to dive into the curriculum that first week, it is so important to set up and teach your classroom procedures to your students! Elementary procedures and routines are the keys to a well-behaved and structured classroom. Not having these in place will make teaching the curriculum so much harder if you don&#8217;t have a well-managed classroom FIRST.</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-z_LcAyCkDIg/YOoKOgPldWI/AAAAAAAABZs/4qGEcRuBNUMW4g5YtMz9DijXPYUF5fIUQCNcBGAsYHQ/s2048/34.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2048" height="1152" alt="32 Important Procedures and Routines for a Successful Elementary Classroom" border="0" data-original-height="1152" data-original-width="2048" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/34.jpg" class="wp-image-10988411" title="32 Important Procedures and Routines for a Successful Elementary Classroom" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/34.jpg 2048w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/34-800x450.jpg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 2048px) 100vw, 2048px" /></a></div>
<p>I know that back to school is such a busy time for us as teachers and there are about a million things you are trying to get ready and prepare for. That&#8217;s why I have compiled this list of elementary procedures and routines you must do for your classroom to make it a little easier for you.&nbsp; This <a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/u2n5w7" target="_blank" rel="noopener">checklist</a> will help you make sure there is a procedure set in place for each of these concerns.&nbsp; Because we as teachers know that they will come up! Whether you are a new teacher or a veteran looking to strengthen your system, this list is for you.&nbsp;</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">Plan for these important Procedures and Routines</h2>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">1. When should students use the restroom?</h3>
<div>When will you allow students to use the restroom? During instruction? During independent work only? As a group? What will this look like? Should students raise their hands and ask? Will you have a bathroom pass system? How many students can go at a time? These are all things that need to be considered because this can take up a lot of instructional time in an elementary classroom.</div>
<div></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">2. What should a student do if he/she has a question?</h3>
<div>Students will need to know what to do if they have a question. Is there a certain time that you will allow questions during whole group? What about during or after instruction? How will students show they have a question or need help during independent practice? Is there a signal such as a flipped card on their desk? Do they raise their hand? Can they come to your desk if you&#8217;re sitting?&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-yoJHg6l86hg/YOdk2OSA3uI/AAAAAAAABZA/Zu5XxFpOSMEZ7P9KkoCHlG7CbF6KvZteQCNcBGAsYHQ/s1000/5.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="A boy raising his hand to answer a question. Having students raise their hand is an important routine to establish the beginning of the school year." border="0" data-original-height="800" data-original-width="1000" height="256" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/5.jpg" class="wp-image-10988412" title="A boy raising his hand in a classroom" width="320" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">3. What do students do when they are done with their work?</h3>
<div>Are there certain activities after language arts vs. after math? Which activities are they? Where do they find these activities? What should their voice level be? Can they do them with a partner or only on their own? Students finish up their work at different times so it is imperative to have a procedure in place to help with behavior.&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/u2n5w7" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Another important procedure to develop is what to do when the students are done with work. This image shows students should always see what their options are in front of them." border="0" data-original-height="965" data-original-width="1207" height="256" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/32_Important_Procedures_and_Routines_for_a_Successful_Elementary_Classroom_12B252812529.gif" class="wp-image-10988413" title="Dry erase board showing a &quot;I'm Done Now What?&quot; poster." width="320" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"></div>
<div>This is hanging up in my classroom.&nbsp; I go over it at the beginning of every year.&nbsp; We start with the bottom portion blank.&nbsp; The top says, &#8220;I&#8217;m Done!&nbsp; Now What?&#8221;&nbsp; Then it goes on to say, &#8220;Always, always, always, always &#8230;. do LATE WORK!&#8221;&nbsp; The bottom portion says, &#8220;And Then&#8230;.&#8221;&nbsp; So when they have finished the current assignment and late work (if they had any) then they can choose an activity from the bottom.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div>This list builds throughout the year when new programs and activities are introduced.&nbsp; As you can see, I have AR, Boom Cards, IXL, Study Island, Find AR books, etc&#8230; This way students will ALWAYS have something to work on.&nbsp; There will be no excuse for off-task behavior and they are given guided choice.</div>
<div></div>
<div>Click to get your own <a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/u2n5w7" target="_blank" rel="noopener">&#8220;I&#8217;m Done, Now What?&#8221;</a> poster and see how it changes your off-task behavior!</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/u2n5w7" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="I'm Done, Now What poster." border="0" data-original-height="1583" data-original-width="2048" height="154" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Page2B1.jpg" class="wp-image-10988414" title="I'm Done, Now What poster." width="200" /></a><a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/u2n5w7" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="I'm Done, Now What poster." border="0" data-original-height="1583" data-original-width="2048" height="154" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Page2B2.jpg" class="wp-image-10988415" title="I'm Done, Now What poster." width="200" /></a></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">4. Conversly, what will students do if they are not done with their work when you need to move on?</h3>
<div>Where do students put their late work?&nbsp; When will they have time to work on this work? I have found that most students will just shove their late work into their desk to never be seen again.&nbsp; Instead, I have had my students put their work in their late work bins.&nbsp; These are numbered by student numbers so that they can be used year to year.</div>
<div>&nbsp;</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-0Z1Mp2RE3SI/YOddVaCCsVI/AAAAAAAABYU/oxvp42NuTq8A75nZneOEN8QkYiUZiWzWACNcBGAsYHQ/s2000/32_Important_Procedures_and_Routines_for_a_Successful_Elementary_Classroom_1.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="A good management system will always address where students should put any incomplete work at." border="0" data-original-height="1600" data-original-width="2000" height="256" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/32_Important_Procedures_and_Routines_for_a_Successful_Elementary_Classroom_1.png" class="wp-image-10988416" title="Colored bins used for organization in a classroom" width="320" /></a></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">5. Where do students turn in their work?</h3>
<div>Do they keep it at their desk? Turn it in as they finish? Will you call them up to turn them in together? Will you separate assignments or collect them in number order?</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">6. What to do if a student is absent?</h3>
<div>Do they get work before or after they are absent?&nbsp; Is there a folder where they will find this work? Will you do it or put a student in charge of it? When will the work be due?</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">7. What hallway procedures will you have?&nbsp;</h3>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">8. How will you get students&#8217; attention?</h3>
<div>Will you have certain callbacks?&nbsp; When will you practice?&nbsp; You will need to fit in practice often during the beginning of the school year.&nbsp; Pick up these <a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/u2n5w7" target="_blank" rel="noopener">attention grabbers</a> that will get you started on your list!</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/u2n5w7" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="16 attention grabbers teachers can use to bring the class back to them" border="0" data-original-height="2048" data-original-width="1583" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Page2B4.jpg" class="wp-image-10988417" title="Attention grabbers" width="247" /></a></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">9. How will you have students line up?</h3>
<div>Will they line up in two lines?&nbsp; Number order? Boys and girls? Will there be spots around the classroom? No order?&nbsp; What will the expectations be as they are waiting in line?&nbsp; Thinking of these things before the students are in the classroom will help with inappropriate behavior.</div>
<div></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">10. What will your end-of-the-day procedures look like?</h3>
<div>Will you dismiss by girls? Boys? Rows? Numbers? When they are dismissed, what will they get?&nbsp; Will they pick up their mail? Stack their chairs?&nbsp; Get their backpacks? Will you check their binders before they leave?&nbsp;</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-yP28FycMqYI/YOd3GPxUQzI/AAAAAAAABZc/Q8FzNf03ghYA_Sq6h-Cl2TzaMYOp2e_RgCNcBGAsYHQ/s1000/6.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="End of the day procedure checklist" border="0" data-original-height="800" data-original-width="1000" height="256" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/6.jpg" class="wp-image-10988418" title="End of the day list." width="320" /></a></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">11. How will students enter the classroom in the morning?</h3>
<div>Will they make a lunch choice?&nbsp; What do they do for attendance?&nbsp; Do they have something they need to get started on like bellwork?&nbsp; Is it on their desk or do they need to go and get it somewhere? I always had this on the projector in the morning when my students came in as a reminder of what they needed to do.&nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">12. How will you convey your routine for a substitute?</h3>
<div style="text-align: left;">Will you have a sub folder?&nbsp; Sub tub?&nbsp; What will you include in your folder?</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">13. What should students do if they need a new pencil?&nbsp;&nbsp;</h3>
<div style="text-align: left;">You wouldn&#8217;t think this would be that big of a problem, but trust me, it IS!&nbsp; The can be a huge distraction the entire day.&nbsp; Pencils break every .10 of a second in a classroom &#8211; that&#8217;s a lot of raised hands!&nbsp; Can they sharpen their pencil?&nbsp; Is there a place to turn in their pencil for a new one?&nbsp; Do you use pencil pouches? (let me tell you, THIS is the answer!)&nbsp; Click to learn more about how I use <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/how-to-make-pencils-last-all-year-in.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">PENCIL POUCHES in the classroom.</a></div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/how-to-make-pencils-last-all-year-in.html" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Pencils are another procedure that can be very disruptive if there isn't routine in place." border="0" data-original-height="899" data-original-width="1600" height="225" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/eZy_watermark_12-08-2019_04-39-52.jpg" class="wp-image-10988419" title="Pencil pouches" width="400" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">14. Where should students line up after recess and lunch?</h3>
<div style="text-align: left;">Where should they expect to meet you?&nbsp; What should their line behavior look like?&nbsp; Will you have a call back?</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">15. What will the procedures be for taking a test?</h3>
<div style="text-align: left;">Do all regular rules apply still?&nbsp; Can they get out of their seat at all?&nbsp; Do they need blinders or should they cover their paper? What happens if they have a question?&nbsp; What if they talk to a neighbor?&nbsp; What do students do when they finish a test?&nbsp; Should they get up to turn it in or will that distract others and cause students to rush?&nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">16. What are your classroom rules?</h3>
<div style="text-align: left;">This is an entire subject unto itself <img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/1f609.png" alt="😉" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" />&nbsp; Think carefully about these.&nbsp; Will you introduce them to the students or will you make them up together?&nbsp; Will you implement them on the first day?&nbsp; Where can students find the rules?&nbsp; It doesn&#8217;t matter what they look like, just make sure they are posted and reviewed by the minute.</div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-67NWwfP7SR4/YOdcOs3yzzI/AAAAAAAABYE/ymIqrptIVV4E1Pie53QqKIW-Hk06On_EQCNcBGAsYHQ/s1500/32%2BImportant%2BProcedures%2Band%2BRoutines%2Bfor%2Ba%2BSuccessful%2BElementary%2BClassroom.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Class rules" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/322BImportant2BProcedures2Band2BRoutines2Bfor2Ba2BSuccessful2BElementary2BClassroom.png" class="wp-image-10988420" title="Class rules" width="213" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: left;"></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">17.&nbsp; What is your classroom behavior plan?</h3>
<div>Behavior clip chart?&nbsp; Group/table points?&nbsp; ClassDojo?&nbsp; What <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/11/effective-behavior-managment.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">effective behavior management plan</a>&nbsp;will you have in place?</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">18. What are your classroom jobs?</h3>
<div>These are very important.&nbsp; Not only are students truly excited to be helping out the teacher, but they really ARE helping the teacher out.&nbsp; If you can delegate the job, do it!&nbsp; Think of jobs that you may have to start the year off with and possibly some other jobs that can be added throughout the year as students get comfortable with the routine.&nbsp; I like to try to match my jobs to my theme!&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-DZ0Gx-YgWv8/YOde7crvjCI/AAAAAAAABYc/fDIXnV7MZRYYmglB6UyC4eDNS4QRYt_bgCNcBGAsYHQ/s1500/Untitled%2Bdesign.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Classroom jobs will help with routines" border="0" data-original-height="1500" data-original-width="1000" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Untitled2Bdesign.png" class="wp-image-10988421" title="Classroom jobs bulletin board" width="213" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">19. What are the classroom library procedures?</h3>
<div>How are your books organized?&nbsp; Do they put the book back where they got it from or is this a student job?&nbsp; How do they know what books to pick?&nbsp; How many books are they able to pick?&nbsp; Can they pick their books at any time during the day or only during reading time?&nbsp; Can they read with a partner?&nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">20. How should students sit on the carpet for learning?</h3>
<div>I love to use sit spots!&nbsp; You can find them in most educational stores now and online.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-wLB1_O-3aLo/YOdf4GNQu1I/AAAAAAAABYs/ZZU6VIwghFURoAn6Yc6ve5tjKkl2V-3WACNcBGAsYHQ/s2000/32_Important_Procedures_and_Routines_for_a_Successful_Elementary_Classroom_1%2B%25282%2529.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Sit spots" border="0" data-original-height="1600" data-original-width="2000" height="256" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/32_Important_Procedures_and_Routines_for_a_Successful_Elementary_Classroom_12B252822529.png" class="wp-image-10988422" title="Sit spots" width="320" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<div></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">21. What if a student is going to get sick in your classroom?</h3>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">22. How and where do students get the materials they need?</h3>
<div>Will all their materials be kept at their desk or will you collect some for communal use?&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">23. What are the expectations for independent work?</h3>
<div>Can students get out of their seat? What do they do if they have a question?&nbsp; How should students be working?&nbsp; Do you allow students to stand who have wiggles or must they remain in their seat? Do you allow flexible seating options? How do you decide who sits in the flexible seating areas?&nbsp; What are the rules for talking to peers?</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-qzL8_yE8MaA/YOd2s5Pkz4I/AAAAAAAABZM/rjwr5L1I6ogbPpGfbvKRCt1kTi3ElylsgCNcBGAsYHQ/s1000/7.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="A student working quietly at their desk." border="0" data-original-height="800" data-original-width="1000" height="256" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/7.jpg" class="wp-image-10988423" title="A student working quietly at their desk." width="320" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">24. Where should students put their backpacks?&nbsp;&nbsp;</h3>
<div>Do they keep them at their desk? Is there a place to hang them (please say yes)?&nbsp; &nbsp;Are they allowed to visit their backpacks?</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">25. What is your homework policy?</h3>
<div>Will students have homework?&nbsp; If so, what are they expected to do? When does the work go home and when is it expected to be completed by?&nbsp; Where do students turn in their work? Can they turn it in early?&nbsp; Will you be differentiating work?&nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">26. When can students get a tissue?</h3>
<div>Again, seems fairly minor in the grand scheme of things, but in the elementary classroom you would be wrong.&nbsp; Can this be done at any time? Is there a hand signal to use?&nbsp; How many are they able to use at once?&nbsp; Where do they discard of the tissue when they have used it?</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">27. What is appropriate playground/recess behavior?</h3>
<div>Are students allowed to play tag or dodgeball?&nbsp; Are they able to bring toys from home?&nbsp; &nbsp;What do they do if they have nobody to play with?&nbsp; What if they get hurt, what should they do?&nbsp; What are the rules if there is snow on the ground? Do they need snow pants?&nbsp; What happens if it is raining?&nbsp; Where would they go for recess? What are those rules?</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-FKjOoJhboog/YOd23rchSZI/AAAAAAAABZQ/vXP8LMqzPFgzflbDHPrs2yHUJDGKXhlhgCNcBGAsYHQ/s1000/8.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Recess rules and procedures are important to go over at the beginning of the school year." border="0" data-original-height="800" data-original-width="1000" height="256" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/8.jpg" class="wp-image-10988424" title="Students are hanging upside down on the playground." width="320" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">28. What are the procedures for fire, tornado and other drills?</h3>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">29. When can students get a drink?</h3>
<div>Are they able to go at any point in the day?&nbsp; Only before and after recess or specials?&nbsp; Are they able to bring water bottles?&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">30. What technology procedures will you have in place?&nbsp;&nbsp;</h3>
<div>Can students use tech when they finished all their work?&nbsp; Will you have way to monitor them on the ipad?&nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">31. What are the expectations for group work and partner work?</h3>
<div>Do they all turn in the same assignment? Are students given different jobs during their collaborative work? How do you know they all participated?</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-N_OQ1bh_ZAs/YOd28C_VKnI/AAAAAAAABZY/wHyyocFip8Uq7yZPA5o_mJp9geFWo4tOwCNcBGAsYHQ/s1000/9.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Students working well in group" border="0" data-original-height="800" data-original-width="1000" height="256" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/9.jpg" class="wp-image-10988425" title="Students working well in group." width="320" /></a></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">32. What are the expectations for students to keep their desks and areas clean?</h3>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">33. What if a student needs to work with another teacher?</h3>
<div>Will the student be expected to make up the work they are leaving behind?&nbsp;</div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">34. Will you allow a snack time in class?&nbsp;</h3>
<div>I hope this list will help you plan out your elementary procedures and routines so that you will have a successful start to your school year!&nbsp; This definitely is not an exhaustive list, but it&#8217;s enough to get you started.&nbsp; Nothing, and I mean nothing, is too small to think about and have a plan for.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div>Grab this <a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/u2n5w7" target="_blank" rel="noopener">FREE checklist of routines and procedures</a> to get you started in your classroom!&nbsp; There are many more items to consider than what is listed on this page.&nbsp; Good luck!</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/u2n5w7" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Long list of classroom procedures and routines teachers can use to prepare for the beginning of the school year" border="0" data-original-height="2048" data-original-width="1583" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Page2B2-1.jpg" class="wp-image-10988426" title="Classroom Routines and procedures" width="247" /></a><a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/u2n5w7" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Long list of classroom procedures and routines teachers can use to prepare for the beginning of the school year" border="0" data-original-height="2048" data-original-width="1583" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Page2B3.jpg" class="wp-image-10988427" title="Classroom routines and procedures" width="247" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div>Save these ideas to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so you can come back or share out to your favorite teacher friend!&nbsp; I&#8217;d love to hear what you are setting up for the beginning of the year.&nbsp; Comment below!</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-RjBZJGUoiZA/YOoNnAYPKxI/AAAAAAAABac/7CZrqg-GAG8WJfqN_7-Jv5HouRWpBEW3QCNcBGAsYHQ/s1322/PP%2BBranded%2BTemplates.gif" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="32 Important Procedures and Routines for a Successful Elementary Classroom" border="0" data-original-height="1322" data-original-width="881" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/PP2BBranded2BTemplates.gif" class="wp-image-10988428" title="32 Important Procedures and Routines for a Successful Elementary Classroom" width="213" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<div></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2021/07/10/34-important-procedures-and-rules-every-teacher-needs/">34 Important Procedures and Routines for a Successful Elementary Classroom</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2021/07/10/34-important-procedures-and-rules-every-teacher-needs/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Teach Paragraph Writing with a Hamburger!</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2020/11/11/how-to-teach-paragraph-writing-with-a-hamburger/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2020/11/11/how-to-teach-paragraph-writing-with-a-hamburger/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2020 22:34:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[main idea]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[paragraph]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[writing]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false"></guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Writing a good, solid paragraph is the basis of writing composition.&#160;In fact, the ideas we teach our elementary students about paragraph writing will be used throughout their lives.&#160;Secondary school research projects need good paragraphs.&#160;College entrance essays need good paragraphs.&#160; Professional writing for any number of careers needs good paragraphs, too!&#160;So why not engage your students [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2020/11/11/how-to-teach-paragraph-writing-with-a-hamburger/">How to Teach Paragraph Writing with a Hamburger!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Writing a good, solid paragraph is the basis of writing composition.&nbsp;In fact, the ideas we teach our elementary students about paragraph writing will be used throughout their lives.&nbsp;Secondary school research projects need good paragraphs.&nbsp;College entrance essays need good paragraphs.&nbsp; Professional writing for any number of careers needs good paragraphs, too!&nbsp;So why not engage your students with something they love and make the concept of a good, solid paragraph stick?&nbsp; Teaching hamburger paragraph writing for elementary students&nbsp;using the hamburger style model is my favorite (and the most effective) way of teaching how to write a paragraph.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image aligncenter size-full is-resized has-custom-border"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="315" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/hamburger2Bparagraph2B-2BJordana.png" alt="A hamburger picture as a visual of how to teach paragraph writing with a hamburger to elementary students." class="has-border-color has-black-border-color wp-image-10988466" style="border-width:4px;width:780px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Teaching the Hamburger Model for Writing Using a Guided Approach</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Over the years I have taught paragraph writing in many different ways.&nbsp; Some worked and some, well&#8230; not so much.&nbsp; One of the biggest things I&#8217;ve learned over the years is that teaching the paragraph as a whole and then sending my students off to write a paragraph is not the best approach.&nbsp;I now use a guided approach to teaching paragraph writing with much more success.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A guided approach involves breaking the task down into its parts and teaching each part individually.&nbsp; Once students have learned and practiced each part, then, and only then, do we put it all together to develop a full understanding of the topic.&nbsp; Here&#8217;s what it looks like in my classroom.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Introducing Hamburger Paragraph Writing for Elementary Students</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On the first day, I love to engage my students with the hamburger.&nbsp; I mean, who doesn&#8217;t love a good, juicy hamburger?&nbsp; We will spend some time talking about hamburgers and what makes them so special, inviting their favorite restaurants into the discussion.&nbsp; We chat about our favorite hamburger toppings.&nbsp; And then, just about the time our mouths are watering, I let them know that hamburgers can teach us something too!</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-full is-resized has-custom-border"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="400" height="300" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/HamburgerWriting-06.jpg" alt="Student friendly hamburger templates for students to write on to get started on paragraph writing - showing main idea, details and a concluding sentence." class="has-border-color has-black-border-color wp-image-10988467" style="border-width:3px;width:409px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is when I introduce the learning topic of paragraph writing.&nbsp; Depending on the grade level, the paragraph writing process might be something new or might be something they were introduced to the year before.&nbsp; Either way, our focus becomes learning to write a cohesive paragraph using the hamburger paragraph method.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then, I begin by showing the students the hamburger paragraph graphic organizers.&nbsp; As we look at the model we identify the different types of sentences that make up a paragraph.&nbsp; Our focus will be the main idea (introduction sentence), supporting details, and the closing or concluding sentence.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-full has-custom-border"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="462" height="346" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/HamburgerWriting-05.jpg" alt="Anchor charts of main idea, supporting details and closing sentence that teachers can use to display around the classroom for student reference." class="has-border-color has-black-border-color wp-image-10988468" style="border-width:3px"/></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the first learning tools we use are these anchor chart pieces or posters for each sentence type.&nbsp; I have found this to be really helpful so that as we continue all students have been exposed to the same terms and language.&nbsp; We use these posters throughout the paragraph writing unit.&nbsp; They hang in the classroom as a reminder and learning tool for the students.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Focusing on the Main Idea</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We begin with the topic sentence or the main idea of the paragraph.&nbsp; The main objective here is for students to understand that a paragraph is a group of sentences about one topic.&nbsp; The main idea sentence describes the topic of the paragraph.&nbsp; &nbsp;We go back to the full hamburger graphic to reinforce what the main idea does.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To help my students understand this concept we play a little game.&nbsp; I read or say complete sentences and my students tell me whether it would be a good main idea sentence.&nbsp; Some examples might be:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Elephants are amazing animals. {Yes &#8211; this is a main idea sentence}</li>



<li>An elephant has four legs. {No &#8211; not a main idea sentence}</li>



<li>Percy Jackson has an adventurous life. {Yes}</li>



<li>Percy Jackson went to Olympus and met Zeus. {No}</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once my students are doing a great job identifying main idea sentences, we then take our game to the next level. I give my students a general topic, like &#8216;animals&#8217;, and they brainstorm a different main idea or topic sentence that could be used.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-full has-custom-border is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/HamburgerWriting-10.jpg" alt="Main Idea anchor chart shown next to a prewritten paragraph that was created leaving out a main idea or topic sentence for the student to fill in." class="has-border-color has-black-border-color wp-image-10988469" style="border-width:3px" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/HamburgerWriting-10.jpg 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/HamburgerWriting-10-300x300.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Students then practice doing this on their own or with a partner.&nbsp; It&#8217;s always fun to read some of their independent answers aloud for the class.&nbsp; This is a great way to show that there are many ways you can reword the same main idea.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A quick review of student answers gives me a really good idea of whether the class is ready to move on. If students need more practice, you should pause here and try <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2021/11/03/main-idea-activities/">other ways to teach the main idea to your students.</a> Main idea is such an important concept in reading and writing that you want to make sure your students fully understand the topic.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We finish our lesson on main idea or a topic sentence with students practicing.&nbsp; We use the topic sentence worksheet to have student practice writing their own topic sentences for a provided paragraph.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Finally, we work on listening to a paragraph that doesn&#8217;t have an opening sentence.&nbsp; &nbsp;After hearing the paragraph we work on writing a good topic sentence for the paragraph.&nbsp; Not only does this help students work on writing the main idea in the form of a sentence, but it also helps them see how the different types of sentences in a paragraph work together.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Supporting Details</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">After a quick review of the main idea, we will next cover supporting details.&nbsp; The goal is for students to understand that supporting details give more information to explain and support the main idea.&nbsp; Before jumping in with sentences, we start with a hamburger.&nbsp; I start by holding up the top of a bun (real or a picture &#8211; both work).&nbsp; Then I ask my students if this is a hamburger?&nbsp; Obviously, the answer is a resounding NO!&nbsp; Then, I ask the students a simple question, &#8220;How do you build a hamburger?&#8221;&nbsp; The answers are pretty straightforward: bun, meat, cheese, ketchup, lettuce, tomato, etc.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-full has-custom-border"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="400" height="300" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/HamburgerWriting-02.jpg" alt="An example of a cut and order hamburger where elementary students need to find the details that fit under the correct &quot;top bun&quot; or main idea." class="has-border-color has-black-border-color wp-image-10988470" style="border-width:3px"/></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Next, I ask <em>the&nbsp;</em>question that will connect building a hamburger to supporting details.&nbsp; I might say something like &#8220;What about the mashed potatoes?&#8221;&nbsp; To which my students usually stare at me like I&#8217;m crazy.&nbsp; Inevitably, someone will say something like &#8216;Mashed potatoes don&#8217;t go on a hamburger!&#8217;&nbsp; And that is what I&#8217;m waiting for!&nbsp; I explain that they are absolutely right.&nbsp; And just like we build a hamburger with hamburger ingredients, we have to choose supporting details that support our main idea.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We again start by practicing this skill as a class.&nbsp; We start with a main idea sentence like &#8220;I had a horrible sick day.&#8221;&nbsp; I used this sentence, typed it out on a top bun, and displayed it on the board.&nbsp; Then I read a variety of other sentences and the students decide if the sentence supports the main idea.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-full is-resized has-custom-border"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="340" height="511" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/jordana.png" alt="A worksheet page showing detail supports. Students would read the paragraph and remove the detail that doesn't support the main idea." class="has-border-color has-black-border-color wp-image-10988471" style="border-width:3px;width:348px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For each sentence that does support the main idea, I display it on the board under the main idea.&nbsp; As we do this, students can see the progression of building the hamburger with a main idea and supporting details. Sometimes I may print these out and place them in centers for students to manipulate. I&#8217;m a fan of hands-on student engagement.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We do this a few times with different main ideas to give the students practice with identifying good supporting &#8220;juicy&#8221; details.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Another way to do this is to provide two main ideas, that are similar in context but different.&nbsp; For example, you could use &#8220;Riding a horse was a great experience.&#8221; and &#8220;Riding a horse is very scary.&#8221;&nbsp; Then as you read supporting detail sentences, students can choose which main idea the sentence best supports.&nbsp; This is really great if your students have experience with multi-paragraph writing.&nbsp; This activity shows them how they can break down different aspects of their topic to have multiple main ideas through multiple paragraphs.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The next day we tackle supporting details again.&nbsp; But this time our focus is on making sure that the supporting details are relevant to the main idea.&nbsp; I remind the students of the mashed potatoes from the day before.&nbsp; We talk about how mashed potatoes with a fried chicken dinner are great.&nbsp; They are relevant to completing that meal.&nbsp; But mashed potatoes on a hamburger just don&#8217;t work.&nbsp; They are not relevant even though they are a food and we could put a spoonful on the burger.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-large is-resized has-custom-border"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="767" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/HamburgerWriting-04-767x1024.jpg" alt="" class="has-border-color has-black-border-color wp-image-10989553" style="border-width:3px;width:345px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/HamburgerWriting-04-767x1024.jpg 767w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/HamburgerWriting-04-800x1067.jpg 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/HamburgerWriting-04-225x300.jpg 225w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/HamburgerWriting-04-768x1025.jpg 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/HamburgerWriting-04-1151x1536.jpg 1151w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/HamburgerWriting-04.jpg 1424w" sizes="(max-width: 767px) 100vw, 767px" /></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Like the mashed potatoes, even though it is possible to add them to a hamburger &#8211; we don&#8217;t.&nbsp; The same goes with supporting detail sentences.&nbsp; There may be sentences that relate to the main idea but that are not relevant.&nbsp; To help students understand this better we do some examples together.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I give students a topic sentence and a few supporting detail sentences.&nbsp; They then choose which sentences are relevant and which are not.&nbsp; We talk about what makes them relevant and why some sentences just don&#8217;t belong with this main idea.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">After our group practice, students worked on this worksheet to practice taking out the sentences that were not relevant to the paragraph.&nbsp; Students can do this independently or with a partner.&nbsp; If they work with someone I have them explain the reason why they don&#8217;t feel a specific sentence is relevant.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">After a few days of working on the main idea and supporting details, the students usually have a good understanding.&nbsp; If, however, your students are struggling with the concept, again, I would encourage you to not move on.&nbsp; There are amazing main idea and details worksheets to help assist with this progress.</p>



<div class="wp-block-media-text is-stacked-on-mobile has-black-color has-text-color has-background has-link-color wp-elements-b32e837479313bdce37e2154ffc83510" style="border-width:2px;background:linear-gradient(0deg,rgb(107,197,169) 14%,rgb(27,69,121) 100%);margin-right:0;margin-left:0;padding-top:var(--wp--preset--spacing--30);padding-right:var(--wp--preset--spacing--30);padding-bottom:var(--wp--preset--spacing--30);padding-left:var(--wp--preset--spacing--30);grid-template-columns:36% auto"><figure class="wp-block-media-text__media"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/main_idea-1024x1024.jpg" alt="Two different worksheets showing students practicing main idea." class="wp-image-10989552 size-full" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/main_idea-1024x1024.jpg 1024w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/main_idea-300x300.jpg 300w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/main_idea-scaled-800x800.jpg 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/main_idea-150x150.jpg 150w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/main_idea-768x768.jpg 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/main_idea-1536x1536.jpg 1536w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/main_idea-2048x2048.jpg 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure><div class="wp-block-media-text__content">
<h2 class="wp-block-heading has-white-color has-text-color has-link-color wp-elements-4f77b2a91c8fe6aede299dd1cafddd5e">MAIN IDEA &amp; DETAILS SAMPLE FREEBIE</h2>



<p class="has-white-color has-text-color has-link-color wp-elements-69a4a94d213217aa86dfcec843bd810f wp-block-paragraph">These main idea and details worksheets offer a perfect combination of practice for students from identifying the main idea and details from a set to writing them in on their own!  </p>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex">
<div class="wp-block-button has-custom-width wp-block-button__width-100"><a class="wp-block-button__link has-background has-custom-font-size wp-element-button" href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/w1o1r1" style="border-radius:20px;background-color:#f05150;padding-top:var(--wp--preset--spacing--50);padding-bottom:var(--wp--preset--spacing--50);font-size:22px"><strong>TRY A SAMPLE SET TODAY!</strong></a></div>
</div>



<div class="wp-block-buttons is-layout-flex wp-block-buttons-is-layout-flex"></div>
</div></div>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Concluding Sentences</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once students have a good grasp on the main idea and supporting details, it&#8217;s time to add the final bun to our hamburger.&nbsp; The bottom bun represents our closing or conclusion sentence.&nbsp; As I introduce the concluding sentence we talk about how the buns of a hamburger are what make it easy to eat.&nbsp; They hold together all the &#8216;messy&#8217; stuff in the middle.&nbsp; While you could eat a hamburger with just one bun, it&#8217;s not quite as neat or convenient as with two buns.&nbsp; Just like the buns of a burger, the first and last sentences of a paragraph really hold the paragraph together for the reader.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-full has-custom-border"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/closing2Bsentences2Bjordana.png" alt="Closing Sentence anchor chart is available to help support the students. Practice closing sentences with a paragraph with the concluding sentence left off." class="has-border-color has-black-border-color wp-image-10988472" style="border-width:3px" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/closing2Bsentences2Bjordana.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/closing2Bsentences2Bjordana-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Students usually pick up the concept of concluding sentences quickly because they are similar to the main idea sentence.&nbsp; We talk about how rewording the main idea into a concluding sentence wraps up the paragraph.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We practice doing this with some simple paragraphs that are missing the closing or concluding sentence.&nbsp; After reading the paragraph we first identify the main idea sentence.&nbsp; Then we talk about ways we can reword the main idea into a conclusion.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That leads us right into our final lesson on closing sentences.&nbsp; We talk about different ways to make our closing sentences <em>really</em>&nbsp;good.&nbsp; I do this by introducing students to . . . the clincher!</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignright size-full is-resized has-custom-border is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="268" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Copy2Bof2Bclosing2Bsentences2Bjordana.png" alt="Anchor chart of a clincher sentence explaining that it adds interest to the ending of a paragraph." class="has-border-color has-black-border-color wp-image-10988473" style="border-width:3px;width:406px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The clincher is a way to make the closing sentence interesting &#8211; and not just a repeat of the main idea sentence.&nbsp; Students learn that there are a variety of ways to write a good clincher.&nbsp; These are the ones that I teach my students:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>asking a question;</li>



<li>humor;</li>



<li>excitement; and</li>



<li>reflection.</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We dig into each of these types of clinchers by writing different sentences for the same paragraph.&nbsp; The students love using their creativity to come up with good clinchers!</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Applying the Hamburger Structure to Writing</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">After learning about all the parts, it&#8217;s time to put the pieces together and start working on writing a good paragraph.&nbsp; So many times in the past, this is where I would start.&nbsp; As I look back now I see how much important learning my students were missing.&nbsp; It&#8217;s just one of the many things that makes me remember the value of learning in baby steps.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image alignleft size-full has-custom-border"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="431" height="323" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/HamburgerWriting-09.jpg" alt="This image shows the hamburger paragraph organizer that students can use to create their own individual story." class="has-border-color has-black-border-color wp-image-10988474" style="border-width:3px"/></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We finish up by going through the entire process again, together. But, we do this in steps too.&nbsp; I give students a very general writing topic just so that we all have a place to start.&nbsp; Then using the hamburger writing templates, we write out one sentence at a time using the hamburger model as a guide.&nbsp; Once students have completed the hamburger paragraph template they write their final paragraph.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Students also use a rubric to guide them through writing their paragraph.&nbsp; This helps them to remember the details and what to include. Before you know it,&nbsp; students will be writing their own paragraphs with very little guidance!</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This hamburger essay guided paragraph approach has been very effective for my students and I know it will be with yours too! Keep the finished product in a writer&#8217;s notebook to show growth throughout the year!</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Hamburger Paragraph Writing Unit</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As a teacher, you are more than qualified to put together an amazing paragraph writing unit using these or other ideas.&nbsp; But if you are looking for some time-saving resources to help students in mastering the hamburger paragraph, this <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Hamburger-Paragraph-Template-Writing-Packet-and-Graphic-Organizer-2791872?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=hamburger%20paragraph" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Paragraph Writing Lessons Resource </a>&nbsp;may be what you&#8217;re looking for. This resource is perfect for 1st grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade, and any remedial students.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/How-to-Write-a-Paragraph-Hamburger-Paragraph-Writing-Template-Graphic-Organizer-2791872?utm_source=EI_BLOG&amp;utm_campaign=HAMBURGER%20PARAGRAPH" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/original-2791872-1.jpg" alt="This image shows the hamburger method for paragraph writing with a completed hamburger with topic sentence, details and concluding sentence." class="wp-image-10988475" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/original-2791872-1.jpg 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/original-2791872-1-300x300.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This ready-to-use resource includes everything you need to teach an entire paragraph unit using the paragraph hamburger model.&nbsp; You receive anchor charts and posters for the different types of sentences, the hamburger model, example paragraphs for guided practice, no prep worksheets for independent practice, the hamburger writing organizer, the coordinating paper for the final draft, and the grading rubric.&nbsp; All of this for the price of a Starbucks drink!&nbsp; You can <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Hamburger-Paragraph-Template-Writing-Packet-and-Graphic-Organizer-2791872?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=hamburger%20paragraph" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">find this Hamburger Paragraph resource in my Teachers Pay Teachers store</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading">Save these Hamburger Paragraph Writing Ideas</h2>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Not quite ready to add these ideas to your lesson plans?&nbsp; Just pin this to your favorite classroom Pinterest board so you can quickly come back when it is time to teach paragraph writing to your students.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image aligncenter size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="683" height="1024" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Hamburger-Paragraph-683x1024.jpg" alt="Teaching Paragraph Writing with a hamburger Pinterest Pin to pin for later." class="wp-image-10989550" style="width:266px;height:auto" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Hamburger-Paragraph-683x1024.jpg 683w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Hamburger-Paragraph-800x1200.jpg 800w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Hamburger-Paragraph-200x300.jpg 200w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Hamburger-Paragraph-768x1152.jpg 768w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/Hamburger-Paragraph.jpg 1000w" sizes="(max-width: 683px) 100vw, 683px" /></figure>





<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2020/11/11/how-to-teach-paragraph-writing-with-a-hamburger/">How to Teach Paragraph Writing with a Hamburger!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2020/11/11/how-to-teach-paragraph-writing-with-a-hamburger/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Have Effective Behavior Management</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/11/01/effective-behavior-managment/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/11/01/effective-behavior-managment/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 01 Nov 2019 18:57:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Classroom community]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[classroom management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false"></guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Behavior management.&#160; You have to have it.&#160; It&#8217;s the area that most beginning teachers struggle with and it&#8217;s the area that seasoned teachers may struggle with, depending on the class. We all know that each class is different from year to year.&#160; That&#8217;s why I believe you should have a few options in your back [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/11/01/effective-behavior-managment/">How to Have Effective Behavior Management</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Behavior management.&nbsp; You have to have it.&nbsp; It&#8217;s the area that most beginning teachers struggle with and it&#8217;s the area that seasoned teachers may struggle with, depending on the class. We all know that each class is different from year to year.&nbsp; That&#8217;s why I believe you should have a few options in your back pocket to pull from when your go-to behavior management technique isn&#8217;t working.&nbsp; I will share a few methods that have helped me to <b>have effective behavior management</b>.</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-kbNp7Y5BpMY/XbCCmA01atI/AAAAAAAAArs/33nUab1EIMEuIMDqotXCrpmeMJPhmL9HwCNcBGAsYHQ/s1600/How_To_Have_effective_classroom_management_4.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" border="0" data-original-height="404" data-original-width="720" height="358" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/How_To_Have_effective_classroom_management_4.jpg" class="wp-image-10988560" title="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" width="640" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<div>
</div>
<div>
<br />
Before we dive in to some methods, in order to run a smooth classroom with effective behavior management, you need to have a procedure for everything, and I do mean EVERYTHING.  The first few weeks should be spent sharing procedures, practicing procedures and informing students of what is expected for each procedure (ex. how to turn in work, how to line up, what to do when they are done with their work, what is the <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/how-to-make-pencils-last-all-year-in.html">pencil procedure</a>, how to walk down a hall, <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Elementary-Island/Category/Classroom-Decor-329966?utm_source=EI%20Emails&amp;utm_campaign=Classroom%20Management%20Decor%20Links">classroom jobs</a> and more!)  When you think they&#8217;ve got it, do more! </p>
<p>
Grab my <a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/x8k3l2">free checklist of routines and procedures </a>for you to review with your students the first few weeks of school and after long breaks!<span style="background-color: white; font-family: &quot;helvetica&quot;; font-size: 16px; text-align: center;"><span style="color: #202020; font-family: &quot;helvetica&quot;;"><br /></span></span><br />
</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/x8k3l2" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" border="0" data-original-height="1600" data-original-width="1237" height="400" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Classroom2BRules2Band2BProcedures2BFINAL.jpg" class="wp-image-10988561" title="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" width="308" /></a></div>
<p>You will also need to remember that the key to whatever procedure you are trying to instill, you must be consistent.  If you are not consistent in your rewards and consequences, students will try to test the limits to see how far you will go. </p>
<h2>
ClassDojo for Behavior Management</h2>
<div>
If you haven&#8217;t jumped on this bandwagon, you should check it out!&nbsp; I LOVE to use this as my main motivator. I like it because it keeps parents in the loop about behaviors and you can assign whatever point amount you want to each behavior that you choose.&nbsp; &nbsp;I leave the screen up all day in my room so the students can check their points at any time.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-vX-K1Oya0Vw/XbBgGMbEMBI/AAAAAAAAAq0/ouVkEFt6-XoIly7D0E5AVAKFYMgL7-SegCNcBGAsYHQ/s1600/Screen%2BShot%2B2019-10-23%2Bat%2B9.13.15%2BAM.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" border="0" data-original-height="1190" data-original-width="1188" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Screen2BShot2B2019-10-232Bat2B9.13.152BAM.png" class="wp-image-10988562" title="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" width="318" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-TviYXOAX8E8/XbBgGIgsvwI/AAAAAAAAAqw/Au3umPtNgRQ3yBLQHts97QSxY3wqTavFQCNcBGAsYHQ/s1600/Screen%2BShot%2B2019-10-23%2Bat%2B9.13.28%2BAM.png" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" border="0" data-original-height="1166" data-original-width="1140" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Screen2BShot2B2019-10-232Bat2B9.13.282BAM.png" class="wp-image-10988563" title="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" width="312" /></a></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
</div>
<div>
</div>
<p><span style="background-color: white; color: #202020; font-family: &quot;helvetica&quot;; font-size: 16px; text-align: center;"><br /></span><br />
Here are some of my positive and negative points.&nbsp; When a student has a &#8220;Bad Choice&#8221; I usually attach a note to the parent to explain what had happened.</p>
<h2>
Classroom Store</h2>
</div>
<div>
Another motivator is that I tie the Classdojo points to my classroom economy. Students will cash in their points to &#8220;shop.&#8221;&nbsp; Now, I know teachers do not make a lot of money and I surely don&#8217;t want to spend the little that I make on a classroom store.&nbsp; But&#8230;.</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
Have you ever thought about asking for donations?&nbsp; During my back to school night, I explain that as they clean their child&#8217;s room, I&#8217;ll be happy to take any toys off their hands.&nbsp; I don&#8217;t think I&#8217;ve bought an item in 10 years!&nbsp; I even have parents who have come and gone still donate!&nbsp; It&#8217;s a win for the students and a win for the teacher!&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
Also, in my store are <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/54-Classroom-Reward-Coupons-4690834?utm_source=EI%20Emails&amp;utm_campaign=Classroom%20Management%20Reward%20Coupons" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Classroom Reward Coupons.&nbsp;</a><span style="color: red;"> </span>These are low prep, no money items, like sitting in the teacher&#8217;s chair or lunch with the teacher.&nbsp; These are great incentives that are FREE.&nbsp; If you would like to read more about how I use them for my effective behavior management, you can click over to <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/07/how-to-use-classroom-reward-coupons-and.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">How to Use Classroom Reward Coupons and LOVE it!</a>&nbsp; &nbsp;There is also a freebie set to get you started there.</div>
<div>
<span style="background-color: white; color: #202020; font-family: &quot;helvetica&quot;; font-size: 16px; text-align: center;"><br /></span></p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-KNyxbzT7qmA/XSpAdrXfFlI/AAAAAAAAAiA/2TN6sK6DRZw1OtGw0H3ofQU59d-L5IXsgCPcBGAYYCw/s1600/Classroom_rewards_coupons_10.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" border="0" data-original-height="1200" data-original-width="1600" height="240" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Classroom_rewards_coupons_10.jpg" class="wp-image-10988564" title="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" width="320" /></a></div>
<p><span style="background-color: white; color: #202020; font-family: &quot;helvetica&quot;; font-size: 16px; text-align: center;"><br /></span></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/54-Classroom-Reward-Coupons-4690834?utm_source=EI_BLOG&amp;utm_campaign=Reward%20Coupons" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" border="0" data-original-height="2446" data-original-width="2446" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/savingPNG19.jpg" class="wp-image-10988569" title="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/savingPNG19.jpg 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/savingPNG19-300x300.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<p></p>
<div>
</div>
<div>
<h2>
&#8220;You Earn Recess&#8221;</h2>
</div>
<div>
OK, this one is a bit deceitful, but I don&#8217;t let the children know that!&nbsp; I make a banner in my room with the letters spelling out YOU EARN RECESS.&nbsp; Of course you can just write it on the board as well.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div>
<br />
Each time the noise level gets above my liking, I remove a letter.&nbsp; Or if someone is making a bad choice, I remove a letter.&nbsp; It&#8217;s amazing how children all start to work together to keep their peers accountable!&nbsp; If all the letters are gone, they lose recess.&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-PFbFFuhGEMY/XbBuTapJcNI/AAAAAAAAArI/YImTCEM8DwIsgSPuTlks_8VgF_-fNKBkgCNcBGAsYHQ/s1600/How_to_have_effective_classroom_management.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" border="0" data-original-height="982" data-original-width="1600" height="196" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/How_to_have_effective_classroom_management.jpg" class="wp-image-10988565" title="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" width="320" /></a></div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
Now I chose this saying for a reason.&nbsp; I fully believe that children should have recess.&nbsp; It&#8217;s a long day so they need to get out and work off some of that energy.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
I chose this saying because it&#8217;s LONG.&nbsp; I can make a statement to the class knowing that we will never get through all those letters!&nbsp; It really is genius.&nbsp; It has worked with some of my toughest classrooms.&nbsp; I think I&#8217;ve only had to take away one recess from a class in the 5 years of implementing this process.&nbsp; This is a great behavior management tool.&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
If you&#8217;re interested in this technique, you can find some themed banners <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Elementary-Island/Category/Classroom-Decor-329966?utm_source=EI%20Emails&amp;utm_campaign=Classroom%20Management%20Decor%20Links" target="_blank" rel="noopener">HERE</a>.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<h2>
Too Noisy App</h2>
<div>
This app is wonderful for volume control!&nbsp; It is very user friendly, colorful, and has a great visual for students.&nbsp; I also tie this in to my Classdojo with students earning points, but you could use whatever system you have in place.&nbsp; I place this on my ipad and showcase it on my board.&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
For this app, you can set a sensitivity level, background theme and dial theme to customize for your needs in the lite/starter version.&nbsp; If you pay to upgrade, students will earn stars for not setting the timer off during a period and remove stars for being too loud.&nbsp; I upgraded because I like that feature.&nbsp; If they students have stars left at the end of work time, then they earn Dojo points!</div>
<div>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-5guND76s6mY/XbBxrDf5UII/AAAAAAAAArU/jOqINEk_WUEHHDkwWA8q-KzTnE1RNZ4YwCNcBGAsYHQ/s1600/how_to_have_effective_classroom_management_1.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" border="0" data-original-height="220" data-original-width="383" height="183" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/how_to_have_effective_classroom_management_1.jpg" class="wp-image-10988566" title="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" width="320" /></a></div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
</div>
<h2>Classroom Reward Posters</h2>
<div>Another one of my favorites for a whole class reward are these <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Classroom-Behavior-Management-Reward-Posters-7102251?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=Classroom%20reward%20posters" target="_blank" rel="noopener">reward posters</a>!&nbsp; The teacher chooses a poster from the multiple options available. She then places the numbered puzzle pieces over the poster &#8211; I usually use ticky-tack.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div>Then, when the class does something good, I will have the student call out a number and remove a piece of the puzzle.&nbsp; The fun is that the students don&#8217;t know what the reward is until most or all of the pieces are removed so they are always thinking about what that reward could be!&nbsp;</div>
<div></div>
<div>I L-O-V-E using these <a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Classroom-Behavior-Management-Reward-Posters-7102251?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=Classroom%20reward%20posters" target="_blank" rel="noopener">reward posters</a> in the classroom as my main behavior system or in conjunction with an individual reward plan.</div>
<div></div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Classroom-Behavior-Management-Reward-Posters-7102251?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=Classroom%20reward%20posters" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="720" data-original-width="720" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Cover.png" class="wp-image-10988570" width="320" srcset="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Cover.png 320w, https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Cover-300x300.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<h2>
Blurt Cards</h2>
<div>
Blurt cards are great to use when your students are in groups.&nbsp; You simply place as many cards as needed in the center of the group or on your board in a pocket chart.&nbsp; I usually start with 5 cards.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
Each time someone blurts out or an undesirable behavior occurs, I remove a card.&nbsp; That&#8217;s it.&nbsp; No acknowledgment, no talking to the student and definitely no stopping of instruction.&nbsp; It&#8217;s amazing how well this will work.&nbsp;&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
If you Google blurt cards, there are many cards that show up!&nbsp; Some are even available for free on TeachersPayTeachers!&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-Y7gdfXDcm5k/XbB004ivx3I/AAAAAAAAArg/Sa6j8Tcbwpkv-lDpdizcEAqx4JviPUoPwCNcBGAsYHQ/s1600/how_to_have_effective_classroom_management_2.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" border="0" data-original-height="263" data-original-width="350" height="240" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/how_to_have_effective_classroom_management_2.jpg" class="wp-image-10988567" title="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" width="320" /></a></div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
I hope you have found something useful to try for <b>effective behavior management</b>.&nbsp; I obviously don&#8217;t use all these techniques at once.&nbsp; Depending on the class, I have found that some tools work better than others or for a certain time period.&nbsp; You may get lucky and be able to use one method all year!&nbsp; Whatever you choose, be prepared and be consistent!&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
Have you used any techniques that have been effective for you?&nbsp; I&#8217;d love to hear it!&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-0aOB1c9vWgg/XbCTQ97TMxI/AAAAAAAAAr4/o5Pp6lxqFKYFLenyZXAI8ZcNsParDlotwCNcBGAsYHQ/s1600/How_to_have_effective_classroom_management_6.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="720" height="400" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/How_to_have_effective_classroom_management_6.jpg" class="wp-image-10988568" title="Classroom management can be the most difficult area to master.  In the elementary classroom, some behavior and strategies can change from year to year or month to month.  It's smart to have a plan and different ideas in place to mix things up.  These ideas are great for kindergarten, first grade, 2nd grade, 3rd grade and 4th grade. They are positive management ideas that I have used for many years.  #behaviormanagement #classroommanagement" width="266" /></a></div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
</div>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/11/01/effective-behavior-managment/">How to Have Effective Behavior Management</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/11/01/effective-behavior-managment/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>4 of the Most Important Focuses for the First Week of School</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/15/4-of-most-important-focuses-for-first/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/15/4-of-most-important-focuses-for-first/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 15 Aug 2019 23:05:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false"></guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Who else is ready for school to start?&#160; I have been thinking a lot this summer about how to set my new students up for success right from the start.&#160; There are quite a few tasks we have to accomplish the first week back. so our class schedule is not always our own.&#160; Assemblies, special [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/15/4-of-most-important-focuses-for-first/">4 of the Most Important Focuses for the First Week of School</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;">
Who else is ready for school to start?&nbsp; I have been thinking a lot this summer about how to set my new students up for success right from the start.&nbsp; There are quite a few tasks we have to accomplish the first week back. so our class schedule is not always our own.&nbsp; Assemblies, special events and other surprises will eat up some of our time, and I know to plan for that now.&nbsp; There are some things I focus on in the little time we have that will help my students feel better prepared for the year.&nbsp; What I would like to share with you is the <b>4 Most Important Focuses for the First Week of School.&nbsp;</b>&nbsp;When you do have time as a class, think about trying these ideas to help you start the year off right!</div>
<div dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;">
</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-8EBOHaTwJis/XVXkYuBQ7oI/AAAAAAAAAl0/JfnVWfLgK-kQXs-UIYIIg6NTf9lutm02QCLcBGAs/s1600/Focuses.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Looking for what to do the first week of school?  These are my top 4 focuses for the first week of school.  Don't get caught going over rules the boring way.  Reach your students through fun and get to know them!" border="0" data-original-height="404" data-original-width="720" height="358" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Focuses.jpg" class="wp-image-10988588" title="Looking for what to do the first week of school?  These are my top 4 focuses for the first week of school.  Don't get caught going over rules the boring way.  Reach your students through fun and get to know them!" width="640" /></a></div>
<p></div>
<div dir="ltr" style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;">
</div>
<h2 style="line-height: 1.38; margin-bottom: 0pt; margin-top: 0pt;">
Routines</h2>
<div>
I can&#8217;t say this enough&#8230;.. Whenever you have a chance, practice routines you want to see in your room!&nbsp; This doesn&#8217;t mean spending 30 minutes teaching each and every routine at the beginning of your first day.&nbsp; That does mean briefly going over each routine before you ask the class to try it.&nbsp; Get those little bodies moving!&nbsp; If you can practice the routine several times in a row, go for it! I like to add a timer for some that we repeat to make it seem more fun.&nbsp; </p>
<p>Letting your students understand their roles and classroom jobs is also really important early in the year. Use a classroom jobs bulletin boards and/or a class schedule to review your routines for each of those areas.&nbsp; Students should&nbsp; know what to expect each time they transition.</p></div>
<div></div>
<div><a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Store/Elementary-Island/Category/-Classroom-Decor-329966" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Classroom decor</a> can help with jobs and schedules to make your first week back easier!</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
<a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Burlap-Classroom-Decor-Farmhouse-Classroom-Decor-Classroom-Jobs-EDITABLE-3836120?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=Burlap%20Classroom%20Jobs%20Important%20Focuses" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="1200" data-original-width="1600" height="150" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Page2B2.jpg" class="wp-image-10988589" width="200" /></a>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;<a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Cactus-Classroom-Decor-Succulent-Classroom-Decor-Classroom-Jobs-EDITABLE-3900727?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=Cactus%20Jobs%20Important%20Focuses" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Click here for Cactus Jobs" border="0" data-original-height="790" data-original-width="1022" height="153" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Slide4.jpg" class="wp-image-10988590" width="200" /></a></p>
</div>
<div>
<a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Superhero-Classroom-Decor-Schedule-EDITABLE-3921467?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=Superhero%20Schedule%20Important%20Focuses" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Click here for Superhero Schedule" border="0" data-original-height="1600" data-original-width="1200" height="200" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Page2B2-1.jpg" class="wp-image-10988591" width="150" /></a>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;<a href="https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/Emoji-Classroom-Decor-Classroom-Schedule-Editable-3868947?utm_source=EI%20Blog&amp;utm_campaign=Emoji%20Schedule%20Important%20Focuses" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Click here for Emoji Schedule" border="0" data-original-height="1363" data-original-width="1022" height="200" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Slide5.jpg" class="wp-image-10988592" width="149" /></a></div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
</p>
<h2>
Building Trust</h2>
<div>
Many new students come to school nervous and unsure.&nbsp; They may have heard about their new teacher from older siblings or friends, and they usually have some kind of idea about school in their head, good or bad.&nbsp; One of the first things I work to do is build up trust.&nbsp; I set up stations around the room of review materials or fun activities that can be accomplished alone or in a group, and this frees me up to move around the room and talk to individual students.&nbsp; At this point in the year, I honor what they show me they need.&nbsp; I never insist on a one-on-one conversation, but I will try to interact with every student individually by the end of the first day.&nbsp; Showing each and every student that I value them as an individual is a great start to building the trust we will need to be successful throughout the year.</p>
</div>
</div>
<h2>
Getting to Know Each Other</h2>
<div>
Prioritize time that lets you learn about your students.&nbsp; Work in some fun games and team-building activities that allow students to learn each other&#8217;s names, likes and personalities.&nbsp; This is a great chance for me to learn about my students as well!&nbsp; I am always being sneaky and assessing their ability to work together as well as their communication skills.&nbsp; This is a great way for me to create effective groupings for my students.&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
One of my favorite get to know you activities is <a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/u0w6d6" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Get to Know You BINGO</a>!&nbsp; Students love to get up and move around the room asking their friends these questions.&nbsp; It&#8217;s great for name recognition and finding new friends!&nbsp; Click on the picture for your free sheet!&nbsp;</div>
<div>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://landing.mailerlite.com/webforms/landing/u0w6d6" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="932" data-original-width="720" height="320" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Get2Bto2Bknow2BBINGO.jpg" class="wp-image-10988593" width="247" /></a></div>
<div>
</div>
<h2>
Play</h2>
<div>
This might be easier for me in 2nd grade than it would be for others, but I feel like prioritizing play and fun in my classroom sets my students up for success.&nbsp; They want to come back to school on day two, because day one was SO MUCH FUN!&nbsp; If I can set this up from the beginning, I can count on students who are more engaged the rest of the year.&nbsp; We play board games, review games, games at recess, and sometimes I even join them for the last few minutes of PE, Music, Art or other specials just to join in and learn with them!&nbsp; The sneaky goal of this is to learn more about my students, how they behave with other teachers, how they interact with other students, etc.&nbsp; The more I can learn about my students, the better teacher I can be for them.</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
You probably noticed one thing I did NOT put in this list was going over our rules.&nbsp; I have the luxury of working with students who have done this before.&nbsp; For the most part, they know what is expected of them.&nbsp; Even if they didn&#8217;t, I don&#8217;t think I would have students sit down and listen while I lectured them about the rules and regulations.&nbsp; That seems like a great way to lose students from day one.&nbsp; Instead I work these expectations into our games, play and routine practice.&nbsp; They learn the rules whether they realize it or not!&nbsp; Hopefully, these <b>4 Important Focuses for the First Week of School </b>struck a chord with you!&nbsp; What do you plan to prioritize in your first week?</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-9t8oKVH7MHA/XVXkcwid3zI/AAAAAAAAAl4/pJGC80w2YgEFxXqNF1j8YP7ovCJ-lkDsACLcBGAs/s1600/Focuses%2Bvert.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" alt="Looking for what to do the first week of school?  These are my top 4 focuses for the first week of school.  Don't get caught going over rules the boring way.  Reach your students through fun and get to know them!" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="720" height="400" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Focuses2Bvert.jpg" class="wp-image-10988594" title="Looking for what to do the first week of school?  These are my top 4 focuses for the first week of school.  Don't get caught going over rules the boring way.  Reach your students through fun and get to know them!" width="266" /></a></div>
<p></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/15/4-of-most-important-focuses-for-first/">4 of the Most Important Focuses for the First Week of School</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/15/4-of-most-important-focuses-for-first/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Make Pencils Last ALL YEAR in the Classroom!</title>
		<link>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/12/how-to-make-pencils-last-all-year-in/</link>
					<comments>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/12/how-to-make-pencils-last-all-year-in/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Jordana]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 12 Aug 2019 23:02:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[back to school]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[classroom management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Uncategorized]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false"></guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>Looking for a fool-proof way to have pencils last you the ENTIRE year?!?!?&#160; Yes, I am not kidding!&#160; Since I have implemented this concept 5 years ago I actually have a huge box of pencils that have NOT been used at the end of EVERY year!&#160; What&#8217;s my secret?&#160; PENCIL POUCHES!!! So&#8230;. pencil pouches are [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/12/how-to-make-pencils-last-all-year-in/">How to Make Pencils Last ALL YEAR in the Classroom!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Looking for a fool-proof way to have pencils last you the ENTIRE year?!?!?&nbsp; Yes, I am not kidding!&nbsp; Since I have implemented this concept 5 years ago I actually have a huge box of pencils that have NOT been used at the end of EVERY year!&nbsp; What&#8217;s my secret?&nbsp; PENCIL POUCHES!!!</p>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-9xRjIpixT80/XVHuciYpOLI/AAAAAAAAAkw/kds2Zv-kWoAFU7prdgjko0Ga77gnU_m2wCLcBGAs/s1600/Pencils.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="404" data-original-width="720" height="358" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Pencils.jpg" class="wp-image-10988596" width="640" /></a></div>
<p>
So&#8230;. pencil pouches are really nothing new. Students have always kept their pencils in a pouch, right?&nbsp; Or maybe a pencil box?&nbsp; Have you ever added a reward to entice students to keep track of their pencils?&nbsp;</p>
<p>That&#8217;s what I did! Nothing fancy!&nbsp; I use Dojo points in the classroom and they literally received 5 points at the end of the week.&nbsp; &nbsp;Let me explain&#8230;</p>
<h3>
How to Set Up and Explain:</h3>
<div>
Set up is as basic as you can get.&nbsp; I like to use the pouches because they do not take up a lot of space in a student&#8217;s desk.&nbsp; I print out their names on labels and stick them on the pouches so everyone can keep track of their pouches.</div>
<div>
</div>
<div>
Every Monday the students would receive 7 pencils sharpened and ready to go!&nbsp; It was their responsibility to keep track of these 7 pencils the entire week.&nbsp; If they did, they received 5 Dojo points at the end of the week!&nbsp; &nbsp;That&#8217;s it!!!</div>
<div>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-hbldFAjBZlI/XVHhC_I_koI/AAAAAAAAAkk/CCnNpPryP9oZ7ot8xi_P05t_j2lNNwfrQCLcBGAs/s1600/eZy_watermark_12-08-2019_04-39-52.jpg" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="899" data-original-width="1600" height="223" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/eZy_watermark_12-08-2019_04-39-52.jpg" class="wp-image-10988597" width="400" /></a></div>
<div>
<div></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left;">
Here&#8217;s what I like best about this:&nbsp;</h3>
<p style="text-align: left;"><b><span>1.&nbsp; There&#8217;s ZERO sharpening throughout the school day.&nbsp;&nbsp;Win-win for the teacher!&nbsp; No complaining and no loud noise disruptions!</span><span><br /></span></b></p>
<p style="text-align: left;"><b><span>2.&nbsp; Students keep the same pencils pretty much every week which keeps them from chewing on them and eating off the erasers.&nbsp; OR, if they do do this, they are stuck with them.&nbsp; <span>When they don&#8217;t get new pencils, you&#8217;ll be surprised how well they take care of the ones they have.</span></span><span><br /></span></b></p>
<p style="text-align: left;"><span><b>3.&nbsp; Students are scrambling on the floors at the end of the day to find any pencils to make sure they have their seven.&nbsp; <span>Let&#8217;s face it, students WILL lose pencils.&nbsp; BUT&#8230;when this happens, students will look on the floor at the end of the day to see if there are any pencils unclaimed. If so, they add them to their bag so they are sure to have seven for the reward.&nbsp; Makes clean-up a bit easier!</span></b></span></p>
<div>
<span><b>On Fridays the students turn in their pouches to a table.&nbsp; I go through them, count them up and sharpen any pencils that need to be sharpened.&nbsp; If all seven are there, I give them their reward.&nbsp; If they are missing some pencils, they get any additional pencils sharpened to make seven again and the pouch goes back on their desk with no reward.</b></span></div>
<div></div>
<div>
I PROMISE you this will work for you!&nbsp; Whatever reward system you use in your class, tie it into this method.&nbsp; Share below how you will incorporate this.&nbsp; I&#8217;d love to hear from you!</div>
<div>
</div>
<div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;">
<a href="https://1.bp.blogspot.com/-fT5exd0iQfs/XVHuivGThQI/AAAAAAAAAk0/JwgalBCii8I0HoP_TcX4E6jNHWExspLmwCLcBGAs/s1600/vert.jpg" style="clear: left; float: left; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" border="0" data-original-height="1080" data-original-width="720" height="400" src="https://elementaryislandblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/vert.jpg" class="wp-image-10988598" width="266" /></a></div>
<div style="text-align: center;">
</div>
</div>
<p>The post <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/12/how-to-make-pencils-last-all-year-in/">How to Make Pencils Last ALL YEAR in the Classroom!</a> appeared first on <a href="https://elementaryislandblog.com">Elementary Island</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://elementaryislandblog.com/2019/08/12/how-to-make-pencils-last-all-year-in/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
